/raid1/www/Hosts/bankrupt/TCR_Public/220210.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Thursday, February 10, 2022, Vol. 26, No. 40

                            Headlines

A.G. DILLARD: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
ACADEMY SPORTS: S&P Assigns 'BB-' ICR, Outlook Stable
ACTIVA RESOURCES: Hits Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
AINOS INC: Inks US$26M Purchase Deal With Majority Shareholder
AIX VENTURES: Taps Fortune International as Real Estate Broker

ALL DAY ACQUISITIONCO: Moody's Cuts CFR, Sr. Secured Loan to Caa3
AMIGO CONSTRUCTION: Unsecured Creditors to Split $37K over 4 Years
AUBURN SCHOOL: Seeks Cash Collateral Access Thru July 31
AUSTIN HOLDCO: Term Loan Upsize No Impact on Moody's B3 CFR
AVANTI SOFTWARE: Fitch Affirms 'B' LT IDR, Outlook Stable

BLUE JAY: Unsecureds to be Paid in Full in Subchapter V Plan
BOY SCOUTS: U.S. Trustee Says Payout Plan Cancels Too Many Claims
BOYD GAMING: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'BB-' on Deleveraging
BT MCCARTHY 1: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
CAST & CREW: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B', Outlook Stable

CENTURY ALUMINUM: Chief Financial Officer Resigns
CHARMING CHARLIE: Closes 2 Stores in Sacramento A Year After Return
COMMUNITY HEALTH: Unit Completes $1.5B Offering of Senior Notes
COOKE OMEGA: S&P Withdraws 'B' Issuer Credit Rating
CRESTWOOD EQUITY: S&P Affirms 'BB-' Rating on Senior Notes

CREW ENERGY: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B-' on Improving Cash Flows
CTC HOLDINGS: Moody's Assigns Ba3 CFR, Rates New Term Loan B1
CTC HOLDINGS: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
ECOARK HOLDINGS: Signs Consulting Agreement With Zest Labs CEO
ENSIGN DRILLING: Moody's Alters Outlook on Caa1 CFR to Positive

ENTRUST ENERGY: Shell Blames Entrust for Power Cutoff
HANGER INC: Moody's Alters Outlook on B1 CFR to Positive
HBL SNF: Court Extends Time to File Plan by 60 Days
HEALTHIER CHOICES: Extends CFO's Employment Until 2025
HS MIDCO: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR on Security Solutions Acquisitions

HS PURCHASER: Moody's Affirms 'B3' CFR; Outlook Remains Stable
INDY RAIL: Continued Operations to Fund Plan Payments
INTELLIPHARMACEUTICS INT'L: Shareholders Elect Five Directors
INTELSAT SA: No Delay For Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Exit
ION GEOPHYSICAL: Falls Short of NYSE's Bid Price Requirement

JAB ENERGY: Committee Seeks Approval to Hire Financial Advisor
JOHNSON & JOHNSON: Sen. Whitehouse Slams Texas 'Two-Step'
JPA NO. 111: FitzWalter Loses Bid to Dismiss Chapter 11 Cases
LAPEER AVIATION: LAI Unsecureds to Get Share of Income for 5 Years
LATAM AIRLINES: Keeps Exclusive Right to Propose Plan

LIVEWELL ASSISTED: Hearing Today on Bid to Use Cash Collateral
LS GROUP OPCO: Term Loan Upsize No Impact on Moody's B2 CFR
MARK E MOON: Prevails in Usury, Late Fees Claims vs Milestone
MICROVISION INC: BlackRock Has 6.5% Equity Stake as of Dec. 31
MID ATLANTIC PRINTERS: Expects to Pay Over 50% to Unsecureds

MOTELS OF SUGAR: Seeks to Employ Integra Realty as Appraiser
MUSCLE MAKER: Receives Noncompliance Notice From Nasdaq
NEOVASC INC: Studies Show Neovasc Reducer Demonstrates Cost Savings
NEWS CORP: Moody's Affirms Ba1 CFR, Rates New Unsecured Notes Ba1
NEWS CORP: S&P Assigns 'BB+' Rating on New Senior Unsecured Notes

NEWSTREAM HOTEL LIT: Taps HREC Investment as Real Estate Broker
NOISE SOLUTIONS: Unsecured Creditors Will Get 5% Dividend in Plan
NORCROSS LODGING: Wins Cash Collateral Access
NORDIC AVIATION: Seeks Approval to Hire Restructuring Advisors
OLAPLEX INC: S&P Assigns 'B+' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable

ORIGIN AGRITECH: Incurs RMB127.1M Net Loss in FY Ended Sept. 30
OXFORD FINANCE: Fitch Rates USD400MM Unsec. Notes 'BB-'
PEDIATRIC ASSOCIATES: Moody's Rates New $100MM Term Loan 'B2'
PEDIATRIC ASSOCIATES: S&P Rates New Delayed Draw Term Loan 'B'
PETER SZANTO: District Court Affirms Order Allowing IRS Claim

PHUNWARE INC: Signs $100M Sales Agreement With H.C. Wainwright
PRO-DEMOLITION INC: Gets Cash Collateral Access
PUERTO RICO: Court Orders Senate to End PREPA Contract Suit
PURDUE PHARMA: Canadian Entities Seek Late Appeal
PURDUE PHARMA: States, Sacklers 'Even Closer' to Bigger Opioid Deal

REMINGTON OUTDOOR: Gets Bid From LDJ Led by US Postal Chief DeJoy
ROYAL ALICE: District Court Won't Revive Suit vs AMAG
SAFE FLEET: S&P Rates New $645MM First-Lien Credit Facilities 'B-'
SECONDWAVE CORP: Wins Cash Collateral Access
SPIRIT AIRLINES: Frontier Merger No Impact on Moody's B1 CFR

TACORA RESOURCES: Moody's Cuts CFR to B2, Alters Outlook to Neg.
TACORA RESOURCES: S&P Alters Outlook to Negative, Affirms 'B-' ICR
TEAM HEALTH: Fitch Places 'CCC+' LT IDR on Watch Positive
TEAM HEALTH: Moody's Puts Caa1 CFR Under Review for Upgrade
TEAM HEALTH: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B-' ICR

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS: Incurs $613K Net Loss in First Quarter
TELIGENT INC: Lender ACF Slams Unsecureds' Bid to Claw Back Cash
TILDEN MARCELLUS: Hits Voluntary Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
TITAN INTERNATIONAL: Buys Back $25 Million Restricted Stock
TRACER ROOFING: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral

UBIOME INC: Delaware Court Bars Trustee Toss of Chapter 7 Docs
URBAN OAKS: Seeks to Hire Polsinelli PC as Special Counsel
VASU CONVENIENCE: Taps Law Offices of Alla Kachan as Legal Counsel
VILLAGE ON THE ISLE: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' IDR, Outlook Stable
VINO CAFE: Seeks to Employ Maxsen Champion as Bankruptcy Attorney

WALKER COUNTY: Seeks to Hire Eaves Law Firm as Special Counsel
WARTBURG COLLEGE: Fitch Affirms 'BB-' IDR, Alters Outlook to Pos.
WESTBANK HOLDINGS: Wins Cash Collateral Access
WHEELS AMERICA: Wins Cash Collateral Access
WOK HOLDINGS: Fitch Withdraws All Ratings

YELLOW CORP: BlackRock Has 6.3% Equity Stake as of Dec. 31
[*] ATRA Questions Approach vs. Major Mast Tort Bankruptcies
[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings

                            *********

A.G. DILLARD: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: A.G. Dillard, Inc.
        295 Memory Lane
        Troy, VA 22974

Business Description: A.G. Dillard, Inc. is an excavating
                      contractor in Troy, Virginia.  It provides a

                      wide variety of site construction services,
                      including site remodeling, clearing and
                      demolition, pond repair/conversion,
                      excavating and grading, site concrete, and
                      paving.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 9, 2022

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Western District of Virginia

Case No.: 22-60115

Debtor's Counsel: Robert S. Westermann, Esq.
                  HIRSCHLER FLEISCHER, P.C.
                  2100 East Cary Street
                  Richmond, VA 23223
                  Tel: 804-775-9500
                  Email: rwestermann@hirschlerlaw.com

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Alan G. Dillard, III, as president.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SAUKKYA/AG_Dillard_Inc__vawbke-22-60115__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

List of Debtor's 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                          Nature of Claim    Claim Amount
   ------                          ---------------    ------------
1. S.L. Williamson Co., Inc.         Construction         $879,778
1230 River Road                      Dispute
Charlotteville, VA 22902
Elisabeth Manuel
Tel: (434) 293-1207
Email: bmanuel@smithbain.com
& ar@slwilliamson.com

2. Fortiline Waterworks              Construction         $842,411
P.O. Box 744053                      Dispute
Atlanta, GA 30384-4053
Daniel Jasinski
Tel: (804) 743-1980
Email: daniel.jasinski@fortiline.com

3. Shenandoah Valley                 Construction         $568,159
Landscaping                          Dispute
194 Lee Highway
Verona, VA 24482
Tel: (540) 255-9427
Email: jjasvl@shenvalinc.com

4. Fluvanna County                   Construction         $563,000
414 East Jefferson St.               Dispute
Charlottesville, VA 22902
Kristina M. Hofmann, Esq.
Tel: (434) 977-4507
Email: khofmann@fluvannacounty.org

5. Luck Stone                        Trade Debt           $310,755
P.O. Box 22696
New York, NY 10087
Tel: (888) 909-5825
Email: cslayer@luckcompanies.com

6. Batson-Cook Construction          Construction         $250,000
1900 South Blvd., Ste. 300           Dispute
Charlotte, NC 28203
David Hamilton
Tel: (704) 790-4040
Email: dhamilton@batson-cook.com

7. Tiger Fuel Company                Trade Debt           $176,630
P.O. Box 1607
Charlottesville, VA 22902
Jill Strain
Tel: (434) 293-6157
Email: taylorca@tigerfuel.com

8. Wilson Ready Mix LLC              Trade Debt           $145,157
P.O. Box 1347
Harrisonburg, VA 22803
Mark Wilson
Tel: (434) 977-2800
Email: mark.wilson@conmatgroup.com

9. Adams Construction Co.            Trade Debt           $123,555
P.O. Box 12627
Roanoke, VA 24027
Justin E. Simmons, Esq.
Tel: (540) 983-7795
Email: jsimmons@woodsrogers.com
& ryork@adamspaving.com

10. County of Fluvanna              Property Tax          $115,707
P.O. Box 299
Palmyra, VA 22969
Linda H. Lenherr
Tel: (434) 591-1945
Email: llenherr@fluvannacounty.org

11. Allied Concrete Co.              Trade Debt           $103,245
P.O. Box 1647
Charlottesville, VA 22902
Tel: (434) 296-7181
Email: dshifflett@alliedconcrete.com

12. Carter Machinery Co.             Trade Debt            $85,264
P.O. Box 3096
Salem, VA 24153
Donna Ashbrook
Tel: (800) 768-4200
Email: donna.ashbrook@cartermachinery.com

13. Boxley Materials Co.             Trade Debt            $76,698
P.O. Box 745855
Atlanta, GA 30374
Lynn Britton
Tel: (540) 777-7644
Email: lynn.britton@boxley.com

14. Preddy Gables, LLC               Construction          $47,787
5924 Fried Farm Rd.                  Dispute
Crozet, VA 22932
James Walker, Esq.
Tel: (804) 403-7123
Email: JWalker@ohaganmeyer.com

15. Winchester Building              Trade Debt            $44,083
Supply/Winchester Precast
P.O. Box 1391
Indiana, PA 15701
Tel: (540) 667-2301
Email: laurnp@wbswinchester.com

16. Meridian Planning                Trade Debt            $38,565
Group, LLC
440 Premier Circle, Ste. 200
Charlottesvile, VA 22901
Tel: (434) 882-0121
Email: tmiller@meridianwbe.com

17. Ferguson Enterprises, Inc.       Trade Debt            $32,091
505 Garrett St.
Charlottesville, VA 22901
Brittany Miller
Tel: (434) 971-7000
Email: brittany.miller@ferguson.com

18. Boxley Ready Mix, LLC            Trade Debt            $28,431
3830B Blue Ridge Dr. SW
Roanoke, VA 24018
Tel: (540) 977-6091
Email: mdillon@boxleyreadymix.com

19. AWP, Inc. d/b/a Area Wide        Trade Debt            $25,925
Protective
P.O. Box 636219
Cincinnati, OH 45263
Tel: (410) 426-4004
Email: mhunt@awptraffic.com

20. Performance Signs, LLC           Trade Debt            $25,800
18 Commerce Drive
Ruckersville, VA 22968
Tel: (434) 985-7446
Email: melissa@performancesigns.com


ACADEMY SPORTS: S&P Assigns 'BB-' ICR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB-' issuer credit rating to
U.S.-based outdoor and sports retailer Academy Sports and Outdoor
Inc. (Academy, the public parent of New Academy Holding Co. LLC and
Academy Ltd.) and raised all other ratings including the issuer
credit rating on New Academy Holding Co. to 'BB-' from 'B+'. S&P
also raised the issue-level rating to 'BB-' commensurate with the
issuer credit rating. S&P is withdrawing the ratings on New Academy
Holding Co. LLC following its upgrade.

The stable ratings outlook reflects S&P's expectation for adjusted
leverage to sustain in the 2x range, while performance normalizes
from recent elevated levels.

S&P aid, "Our ratings reflect better-than-expected sales and EBITDA
generation, contributing to a significant improvement in credit
metrics, which we expect the company to sustain despite moderating
performance in 2022. Academy's operating performance over the past
year benefited from its market position as a value-oriented
retailer along with increased customer traffic and demand for
sporting goods and outdoor equipment. Sales growth increased 20%
for the 12-month period ended Oct. 30, 2021, while S&P Global
Ratings' adjusted EBITDA increased more than 80% to more than $950
million. At the same time, adjusted EBITDA margins improved to the
high-teens area, as Academy benefitted from sales leverage,
relatively lean inventory levels, and cost-containment efforts
helped by lower product promotions. As a result, we expect revenue
growth approaching 20% for the fiscal year 2021 compared with our
previous expectation of high single-digit increases. In addition,
we expect a meaningful improvement in EBITDA and credit metrics
including leverage in the high-1x to low-2x range for fiscal year
end 2021.

"Moreover, we expect the company to sustain adjusted leverage in
the 2x area over the next 12 months even after projecting a modest
slowdown in performance. This includes an expectation for a low
single-digit decline in sales and adjusted EBITDA margins falling
to the low- to mid-15% range. We forecast revenue and margin trends
to moderate in 2022, reflecting our expectations for higher levels
of product promotions, increased competition among direct and
indirect sports retailers, and cost pressures amplified by
commodity and wage inflation. Our performance expectations also
consider slowing consumer spending on sporting and outdoor goods
with customers likely scrutinizing spending habits and rebalancing
funds toward travel and going out as COVID concerns gradually
subside. Still, we think company initiatives will help support
performance over the next several years. This includes good
inventory management and promotional cadence along with in-store
and omnichannel investments. We also believe initiatives like
regionally-based product assortment, continued merchandise
improvement, and new store development will help support business.

"We think Academy will maintain a relatively conservative financial
policy, supporting the upgrades. Academy has consistently reduced
debt since its initial public offering in October 2020,
deleveraging by about $800 million in debt. This debt deleveraging
and ongoing operating performance growth resulted in an improvement
in adjusted credit metrics, including leverage in the mid- to
high-1x range recently compared with the low-4x area prior to the
initial public offering. Looking ahead, we expect the company to
continue to generate healthy cash flow, with meaningful free
operating cash flow of more than $400 million. While we expect the
company to use most of its excess cash flow for shareholder
initiatives, noting the recently announced $500 million share
buyback program, we also expect Academy to fund these initiatives
using internally generated cash and maintain leverage in the 2x
range. We accordingly revise our financial risk profile assessment
to intermediate from significant.

"Near-term performance volatility and Academy's operating scale
remains a risk. We continue to view Academy as a regional sports
and outdoor retailer with physical stores primarily in Texas and
adjacent southern states. The company positions itself as an
everyday low price value player and competes with significantly
larger and better-capitalized competitors, companies that include a
focus on the mass market or provide specialized sports products.
This includes specialized retailers likes Dick's Sporting Goods
Inc, (BBB/Stable) and Great Outdoors Group LLC (BB-/Positive) or
mass merchants like Walmart Inc. (AA/Stable). We think this puts
the company at a potentially long-term disadvantage, as the
industry remains prone to product promotions and competitive
pricing along with changing customer habits. We also believe
sporting goods and related products remain a highly fragmented
sector with increasing competition, including both physical
retailers and pure-play e-commerce competitors

"We also believe Academy and the sports retailing industry may
experience more volatile performance over the near term. Following
years of relatively modest and stagnant performance, Academy's
EBITDA base and cash flow generation expanded significantly during
the past two years, partly driven by favorable consumer trends
during the pandemic. We estimate adjusted EBITDA will approach $1.2
billion in fiscal 2021, more than double its base of $499 million
in 2019. While we expect sports and outdoor goods product
categories will continue to see longer-term tailwinds, we also
think customers will likely scrutinize spending habits. This will,
in our view, result in near-term performance volatility and an
overall EBITDA decline of about 15% to a more normalized new base
going forward in 2022.

"Academy remains largely a physical retailer despite continued
investments in omnichannel. We project Academy's digital sales
penetration will remain less than 10% of its total sales, which is
below that of sports and retail peers such as the 30% at Dick's
Sporting Goods Inc.. Moreover, nearly half of its stores are in
Texas, significantly more geographically concentrated than peers.
While the company further invests in its online capabilities and
expands its store base, we continue to view the company as largely
a brick-and-mortar, regional retailer operator in a highly
competitive space. These factors, in addition to what we consider
near-term performance uncertainty, lead us to apply a negative
comparative ratings analysis modifier.

"The stable ratings outlook reflects our expectation that Academy
will remain a regional player in the highly competitive sports and
outdoor retailing industry. It also reflects our projection for
relatively stable credit protection metrics, including adjusted
leverage in the 2x area as performance normalizes in fiscal 2022."

S&P could lower the rating on the company if:

-- Meaningfully underperforms our base case, potentially due to
increased competition, inventory challenges, or an inability to
execute on strategic initiatives leading to a significant decline
in performance over the next 12 months; and

-- It sustains leverage above 3x because of underperformance or a
more aggressive financial policy.

S&P could raise the rating on Academy if:

-- The company maintains good operating performance and
profitability while expanding its operating scale, especially
online over the next few years;

-- Under such a scenario, execution of operating initiatives would
result in a record of sales growth and stable or expanding adjusted
EBITDA margins; and

-- The company maintains a relatively conservative financial
policy supporting leverage below 3x.

ESG credit indicator: E2, S3, G2

S&P said, "Social factors are a moderately negative consideration
in our credit rating analysis of Academy. The company has
substantial exposure to firearms and ammunition sales, which add
volatility to the company's sales and profitability because of the
significant unpredictability and meaningful fluctuations in demand,
especially before national elections. In addition, regulators and
lawmakers have looked to impose increased restrictions on firearm
sales. While no new legislation has been enacted potential changes
in the regulatory climate could increase future performance
risks."



ACTIVA RESOURCES: Hits Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
-------------------------------------------------------
Patrick Danner of San Antonio Express News reports that San
Antonio-based Activa Resources, which has owns oil and natural gas
assets in Texas, Louisiana and Arkansas, filed for Chapter 11
bankruptcy protection Thursday, February 4, 2022.

Oil prices hit their highest level in more than seven years last
week, but that didn't prevent a San Antonio oil and gas company
from seeking bankruptcy protection.

Activa Resources, formed in 2003, on Thursday, February 4, 2022,
filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition that listed assets and
liabilities each in the range of $10 million to $50 million. A
related company, Tiva Resources, also filed.  The skeletal
petitions didn't include detailed financial information.

Activa President John Hayes blamed 2020's record-low oil prices for
creating major challenges that hamstrung the company last 2022r.
Crude oil prices, now around $90 a barrel, fell below zero for the
first time in history in the spring of 2020.

The low prices, along with tightened credit standards, resulted in
a significant reduction in the amount of money Texas Capital Bank
would loan Activa, Hayes said in a court filing Friday with the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court in San Antonio.

Activa owes Texas Capital Bank $10.2 million.

On March 31, 2021, Activa and the bank amended a credit agreement
that required the company to enter into hedging contracts for the
majority of its oil production. At the time, Hayes said, oil was
trading at $50 a barrel but many industry experts were forecasting
that it would climb to $70 or more.

U.S. shale producers have typically been highly active in hedging
production to cover capital spending and debt repayments, Bloomberg
reported last year. But there’s been less of a need to use
hedging for downside protection as cash flows have increased with
oil prices on the upswing.

Activa protested the bank’s requirement that it enter into the
hedges, but was unable to sway the lender, Hayes said.

Activa entered into hedges with Minneapolis-based Cargill, which
specializes in commodity hedging, at prices ranging from $58 a
barrel in May to $54.35 to $56.17 a barrel in August.

As part of the amended credit agreement, Activa had to make monthly
capital reduction payments of $150,000 and interest payments of
about $50,000 a month.

"The hedges with Cargill quickly went negative," Hayes said. "The
hedge cost Activa more than $70,000 in June 2021 and more than
$120,000 per month in both October 2021 and January 2022."

The combination of the hedges, monthly capital reduction payments
and interest payments exceeded Activa's net cash flow, he said. Its
management and board determined in August 2022 hat it was at risk
of not paying its operating expenses. That could have resulted in
liens placed on Activa's properties, which serve as collateral on
bank loan.

Activa continued to makes its payments, but at the end of last
January 2022, the bank "swept Activa's operating accounts and put a
hold on the joint interest account," Hayes said. "This action
severely limited the debtors’ ability to continue the normal
course of business."

At the same time, he said the companies received billings from one
of its operators that were more than $200,000 greater than
budgeted.

The two events created a "liquidity crisis" for the two companies,
resulting in the bankruptcies to protect their business as a going
concern, he added.

A partnership affiliated with CIC Partners, a Dallas-based
investment firm, holds a roughly 82 percent stake in Activa. The
balance is held by Activa Holdings Corp.

Activa owns oil and natural gas assets in Texas, Louisiana and
Arkansas that have "solid production and reserve profiles," Hayes
said. It has six employees.

Its main asset is a working interest in the 16,400-acre
OSR-Halliday unit in Leon and Madison counties in East Texas. It
has the potential for more than 30 million barrels remaining from
primary production to full development, he said.

As part of its reorganization, Activa is considering the sale of
assets. It also intends to restructure and/or relieve all or part
of the $10.2 million bank debt and to resolve the obligations under
the hedging agreement.

The debtors have asked the court to consolidate the bankruptcy
cases. A hearing on the request and other motions is scheduled for
Wednesday before Judge Michael M. Parker.

                     About Activa Resources

Activa Resources, LLC and Tiva Resources, LLC, are in the oil and
gas extraction industry.

Activa Resources and Tiva Resources sought protection under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Lead Case No.
22-50117) on Feb. 3, 2022.  In the petition signed by John Hayes,
president, Activa Resources disclosed up to $50 million in both
assets and liabilities while Tiva Resources disclosed up to $10
millionn in assets and up to $50 million in liabilities.

Bernard R. Given II, Esq., at Loeb and Loeb LLP, is the Debtors'
counsel.




AINOS INC: Inks US$26M Purchase Deal With Majority Shareholder
--------------------------------------------------------------
Ainos, Inc., a Texas corporation, acquired certain intellectual
property assets and certain manufacturing, testing, and office
equipment from Ainos, Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation, for a
total purchase price of US$26 million.  The seller is a majority
shareholder of the company.

As payment of the purchase price, the company issued to the seller
a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of US$26
million.

As part of the agreement, the company agreed to hire certain
employees of the seller who are responsible for research and
development of the IP assets or equipment on terms at least equal
to the compensation arrangements undertaken by the seller. From and
after the closing, the company will have no responsibility, duty or
liability with respect to any employee benefit plans of the
seller.

The principal sum of the convertible note is payable in cash on
Jan. 30, 2027, although the company may prepay the convertible note
in whole or in part without penalty.  The convertible note is
non-interest bearing.  If not earlier repaid, the convertible note
will be converted into shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per
share, of the company, or such other securities or property for
which the convertible note may become convertible, immediately
prior to the closing of any public offering of the company's common
stock as result of which the company's common stock will be listed
on a U.S. stock exchange.  The conversion price, subject to certain
adjustments described in Section 2(b) of the convertible note, will
be 80% of the initial public offering price of the offering.

                            About Ainos

Ainos, Inc., formerly known as Amarillo Biosciences, Inc., is a
diversified healthcare company engaged in the research and
development and sales and marketing of pharmaceutical and biotech
products.  The Company is a Texas corporation incorporated in
1984.

Amarillo reported a net loss of $1.45 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $1.58 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company had $19.99
million in total assets, $2.86 million in total liabilities, and
$17.14 million in total stockholders' equity.

Houston, Texas-based PWR CPA, LLP, the Company's auditor since
2020, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 30, 2021, citing that the Company's absence of significant
revenues, recurring losses from operations, and its need for
additional financing in order to fund its projected loss in 2021
raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.


AIX VENTURES: Taps Fortune International as Real Estate Broker
--------------------------------------------------------------
AIX Ventures, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of Florida to hire Fortune International
Realty, Inc. to market and sell its property located at 785 Crandon
Blvd., Key Biscayne, Fla.

The firm will receive a commission of 6 percent of the purchase
price of the property.

Douglas Kinsley, the firm's realtor associate who will be providing
the services, disclosed in a court filing that he is a
"disinterested person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Douglas Kinsley
     Fortune International Realty, Inc.
     260 Crandon Blvd., Suite 25
     Key Biscayne, FL 33149
     Tel.: 305.215.5900
     Email: doug@fir.com
            DougKinsley.com

                        About AIX Ventures
  
AIX Ventures, LLC, a company based in Key Biscayne, Fla., filed a
petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No.
21-20530) on Nov. 2, 2021, listing up to $10 million in assets and
up to $500,000 in liabilities.  Guillermo Lopez, manager of AIX
Ventures, signed the petition.

Judge Robert A. Mark oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Joel M. Aresty P.A. as legal counsel.


ALL DAY ACQUISITIONCO: Moody's Cuts CFR, Sr. Secured Loan to Caa3
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service downgraded All Day AcquisitionCo, LLC's
(dba "24 Hour Fitness") Corporate Family Rating to Caa3 from Caa1
and Probability of Default Rating to Caa3-PD from Caa1-PD.
Concurrently, Moody's downgraded the rating on the company's senior
secured term loan due 2025 and senior secured delayed draw term
loan (DDTL) due 2026 to Caa3 from B3. The outlook remains
negative.

The downgrade reflects worse than expected performance since the
company re-emerged from the Chapter 11 bankruptcy on December 31,
2020. The company's recent effort to meaningfully reduce membership
pricing to attract new members and retain existing members reflects
the challenges it faces as it recovers from the pandemic. 24 Hour
fitness operates in the mid-tier price point segment that has been
experiencing intense competition from the high value low price
players such as Planet Fitness and smaller local clubs in recent
years. The company was experiencing negative membership trends
prior to the coronavirus pandemic. The downgrade also reflects
Moody's expectation that the company will continue to burn
significant cash in 2022, which will require additional funding
most likely in the form of incremental debt (similar to what the
company did in 2021). Debt load has increased by about $100 million
to approximately $340 million at year end 2021 including accrued
pay in kind (PIK) interest from $240 million debt when the company
exited bankruptcy. Moody's expects debt will increase further in
2022 to fund the operating shortfall and PIK interest. The
company's $60 million super priority DDTL (unrated; $62.5 million
outstanding including the PIK interest as of September 30, 2021) is
due in August 2022. Given the challenge and uncertainty in
operating performance and weak liquidity, Moody's does not believe
the company can meet the maturity and is dependent on a refinancing
of the debt. Moody's views the risk of a distressed exchange event
(by Moody's definition) over the next year as high. The company's
current equity owners are also lenders of the term loan and the
DDTL and have provided funding through incremental debt to support
liquidity.

The downgrade of the term loan and DDTL additionally reflects a one
notch downward override to the Caa2 loss given default model
derived outcome. The override reflects Moody's view that the
sizable lease obligations would not provide meaningful loss
absorption for the term loans in the event of a default since
Moody's believes the company intends to maintain the current club
base.

Moody's took the following rating actions:

Issuer: All Day AcquisitionCo LLC

Corporate Family Rating, downgraded to Caa3 from Caa1

Probability of Default Rating, downgraded to Caa3-PD from Caa1-PD

Senior Secured Term Loan, downgraded to Caa3 (LGD3) from B3
(LDG3)

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan, downgraded to Caa3 (LGD3)
from B3 (LDG3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: All Day AcquisitionCo LLC

Outlook, remains Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

24 Hour Fitness's Caa3 CFR broadly reflects the high risk of a
distressed event over the next 12 months given weak liquidity
including negative free cash flow and a $60 million super priority
DDTL coming due in August 2022 creating significant refinancing
risk. The rating also reflects the continued operating challenges
and the uncertainty the company will be able to stem continued
membership erosion. Debt burden has increased meaningfully in 2021
and Moody's expects debt will increase further in 2022 due to
continued operating cash burn that will require additional funding.
Moody's lease adjusted debt-to-EBITDA leverage was high at about
12x for the LTM period ended September 30, 2021, and Moody's
expects leverage to decline but remain high over the next year.
However, EBITDA was negative excluding Moody's lease adjustment and
leverage is unsustainable. The rating also reflects 24 Hour
Fitness's geographic concentration in California (about 60% of
clubs) and the growing competition from technology-based fitness
services that are not tied to a facility. Furthermore, the rating
is constrained by the highly fragmented and competitive nature of
the fitness club industry with relatively low barrier to entry,
high attrition rates, 24 Hour Fitness's positioning in the
industry's more pressured mid-tier price point, as well as exposure
to cyclical shifts in consumer discretionary spending. The rating
is supported by the company's well-recognized brand name as well as
the longer-term positive fundamentals for the fitness industry such
as the increased awareness of the importance of health and
wellness.

Moody's regards the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under
Moody's ESG framework, given the substantial implications for
public health and safety. Although an economic recovery is
underway, and its continuation will be closely tied to containment
of the virus, there is uncertainty around Moody's forecasts.

Fitness clubs have sensitive customer data including information
related to health, workout schedules, and credit cards. Protecting
data security is thus important to attracting and retaining
customers, and increases operating costs. Rising labor costs are
also an issue. Demographic and societal trends toward health and
wellness are positive social factors supporting demand growth.

Governance risk pertaining to the post the chapter 11
reorganization ownership where the company is owned by a group of
lenders with top three lenders having the majority control. Moody's
expects an aggressive financial policy, but the owners are focused
on an operational turnaround and would consider providing
additional funds to support the company depending on the reasons
for the liquidity needs.

Moody's views environmental risks as low, but the company must meet
environmental regulations when locating and constructing new
clubs.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The negative outlook reflects the high risk of a distressed
exchange event (by Moody's definition) over the next year with its
$60 million super priority DDTL coming due in August 2022. The
negative outlook also reflects Moody's expectation for weak
liquidity with the debt load expected to continue to increase in
2022 in order to fund a cash burn due to challenging operating
performance.

Ratings could be upgraded if operating performance improves and
credit metrics strengthen including renewed membership growth
without impairing earnings. A material improvement in liquidity
including proactively addressing maturities is also necessary for
an upgrade.

The ratings could be downgraded if operating performance remains
weak, the potential for a distressed exchange or other default
increases, or estimated recovery values weaken.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service published in November 2021.

Headquartered in Carlsbad, California, All Day AcquisitionCo, LLC.
is an operator of fitness centers in the US. Post the chapter 11
bankruptcy, the company operates about 286 clubs predominantly in
California. LTM as of September 30, 2021 revenue was about $583
million. Following the December 31, 2020 emergence from chapter 11
reorganization, the company is owned by the lender group with
Sculptor and Monarch collectively owning a slight 51% majority.


AMIGO CONSTRUCTION: Unsecured Creditors to Split $37K over 4 Years
------------------------------------------------------------------
Amigo Construction, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Nevada a Plan of Reorganization for Small Business
dated Feb. 3, 2022.

Amigo Construction, LLC is a construction company which provides
underground trenching services to third party vendors for the
installation of fiber-optic cables. The Debtor is owned and
operated by three of its members, Carlos Castillo, Maria M. Celis,
and Homero Meraz-Marquez (collectively, the "Managers").

The Debtor filed for bankruptcy primarily as a result of it falling
behind on various secured loan payments owed to its various lenders
for both its equipment and other financing, which resulted in its
secured creditors attempting to collect their collateral. The
Debtor has also experienced significant negative repercussions from
the COVID-19 global pandemic in early 2020.

The Plan Proponent's financial projections show that the Debtor
will have projected disposable income of $36,795.84 over the next 4
years. The final Plan payment is expected to be paid by May 2026.

This Plan of Reorganization proposes to pay creditors of the Debtor
from cash flow from operations, future income and infusions of
capital, as needed.

Non-priority unsecured creditors holding Allowed claims will
receive distributions, which the proponent of this Plan has valued
at less than $0.05 cents on the dollar. This Plan also provides for
the payment of administrative and priority claims.

Class 10 consists of Non-Priority General Unsecured Creditors. Each
holder of an Allowed general unsecured, non-priority claim shall
receive its pro rata share of share of the total sum of Debtor's
disposable income in the total amount of $37,000.00, or such
greater amount as the Court may require at the confirmation hearing
on the Plan, with such payments being made in four equal
installments on or prior to the 15th day of the month in the 12th,
24th, 36th, and 48th months of the Plan. Class 10 is impaired and
thus is entitled to vote on the Plan.

Class 11 consists of Equity security holders of the Debtor. Except
to the extent that the Holders of Class 11 Equity Interests agree
to less favorable treatment, they shall retain their Equity
Interests, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. Class
11 is unimpaired and thus is deemed to accept the Plan.

This Plan will be funded through cash flow generated from
operations. Funding shortfalls may also be addressed by Mr.
Castillo reducing his salary, which is included in the projections
as a cost of operations, on as needed and interest-free basis.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated Feb. 3, 2022,
is available at https://bit.ly/3gzp7Hv from PacerMonitor.com at no
charge.

Attorneys for Debtor:

     Matthew C. Zirzow, Esq.
     Zachariah Larson, Esq.
     Larson & Zirzow, LLC
     850 E. Bonneville Ave.
     Las Vegas, NV 89101
     Telephone: (702) 382-1170
     Facsimile: (702) 382-1169
     Email: mzirzow@lzlawnv.com
            zlarson@lzlawnv.com

                   About Amigo Construction

Amigo Construction, LLC, provides services to several
telecommunication companies like Verizon, Cox, and Mears to
establish new lines or renew existing underground lines utilized
for the Internet.  It also provides asphalt paving and striping,
commercial concrete foundations and residential concrete
construction.

Amigo Construction sought protection for relief under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Nev. Case No. 21-15242) on Nov. 5,
2021, listing up to $500,000 in assets and up to $1 million in
liabilities.  Judge Natalie M. Cox oversees the case.

Matthew C. Zirzow, Esq., and Zachariah Larson, Esq., at Larson &
Zirzow, LLC, serve as the Debtor's bankruptcy attorneys.


AUBURN SCHOOL: Seeks Cash Collateral Access Thru July 31
--------------------------------------------------------
Auburn School LLC and School Place LLC ask the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Massachusetts for authority to use cash
collateral on a final basis and provide adequate protection.

The Debtors require continued access to cash collateral for a
period through July 31, 2022, in order to implement and close a
sale all of the Debtors' assets pursuant to section 363 of the
Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors' propose use of cash collateral will
be in conformance with a monthly budget. The Debtors believe the
amounts set forth in the cash collateral budget are necessary to
allow the Debtors to continue to maintain the real property while
they are marketed for immediate sale.

U.S. Bank National Association asserts an interest in the Debtors'
cash collateral.

As adequate protection, the Prepetition Secured Lender will have
valid, perfected, and enforceable replacement liens and security
interests in (i) all assets of the Debtors existing  on or after
the Petition Date and (ii) all other assets of the Debtors that
were not subject to the prepetition liens of any kind or nature. As
additional adequate protection, solely to the extent of any
diminution in the value of the collateral, the Prepetition Secured
Lender will have a superpriority, administrative expense claim
pursuant to section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, subject to a
carve-out.

The carve-out consists of the sum of (i) all statutory fees
required to be paid by the Debtors to the United States Trustee
under 28 U.S.C. section 1930(a); and (ii) professional fees and
expenses of attorneys employed by the Debtors pursuant to the
section 327 of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent reflected in the
Cash Collateral Budget, subject to Cash Management Procedures
described under MLBR Appendix 6, and allowed by the Court.

The Debtors' assets consist of condominium units which were held as
income producing property for years up to and through the Petition
Date.

As a result of COVID-19, certain tenants who were college/graduate
students stopped paying rent or abandoned the property. This loss
of income caused a lack of funds to support the [large] debt
service. The Debtors attempted to refinance with a lower interest
rate but was unsuccessful. The bankruptcy was filed on the eve of
foreclosure.

A copy of the motion and the Debtors' budget from November 2021 to
July 2022 is available for free at https://bit.ly/3ozwbIW from
PacerMonitor.com.

Auburn School projects $5,000 in total income and $1,900 in total
expenses for February 2022.

School Place projects $10,500 in total income and $1,900 in total
expenses for February 2022.

               About Auburn School and School Place

Auburn School, LLC and School Place, LLC filed voluntary petitions
for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Mass. Case Nos. 21-11620 and
21-11621) on Nov. 7, 2021, listing up to $1 million to $10 million
in both assets and liabilities. Lou G. Makrigiannis,  manager,
signed the petitions.

Judge Frank J. Bailey oversees the cases.

Michael Van Dam, Esq., at Van Dam Law LLP serves as the Debtors'
legal counsel.



AUSTIN HOLDCO: Term Loan Upsize No Impact on Moody's B3 CFR
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service said Austin Holdco Inc.'s (dba "Virtusa"
or "the company") B3 corporate family rating, B3-PD probability of
default rating, B2 first lien senior secured instrument rating and
Caa2 senior unsecured instrument rating are not impacted by the
increase of first lien term loan and decrease of unsecured notes in
the capital structure. The decrease in incremental unsecured notes
will be replaced with an equal amount of additional first lien term
loan debt. The total pro forma amount of debt in the capital
structure and total closing leverage remains unchanged. Pro forma
debt to EBITDA is expected around 7.1x as of March 2022. Moody's
expects the company can de-lever toward 6.5x over the next 12
months, absent further debt funded transactions.

Headquartered in Southborough, Massachusetts, Virtusa, is a global
digital engineering and information technology outsourcing services
provider with operations in 19 countries. For the twelve months
ended September 30, 2021, the company reported $1.4 billion in
revenue. The company is privately held by majority owner Baring
Private Equity Asia (BPEA).


AVANTI SOFTWARE: Fitch Affirms 'B' LT IDR, Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Ivanti Software, Inc.'s Long-Term Issuer
Default Rating (IDR) at 'B'. The Rating Outlook is Stable. Fitch
has also affirmed Ivanti's $175 million secured revolver and the
$2.2 billion first lien term loan at 'BB-'/'RR2' and $545 million
second-lien term loan at 'CCC+'/'RR6'.

The ratings are supported by the secular growth trends for remote
working security and endpoint management. Since the acquisition of
MobileIron, Paulse Secure, Cherwell, and RiskSense, Ivanti has
executed on cost optimization plan and on track to achieve
previously established target profitability in 2022.

Fitch expects Ivanti's leverage to remain in the 6.0x-7.0x range
over the rating horizon, with EBITDA growth offset by incremental
debt incurrence for acquisitions and shareholder returns. Ivanti's
industry position, revenue scale, and leverage profile are
consistent with the 'B' rating category.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Highly Recurring and Diversified Revenues: On a pro forma basis,
the company has a strong base of recurring revenues, representing
approximately 80% of total revenues with net retention rates near
100%. The company has over 50,000 customers and no meaningful
end-market concentration. Fitch believes the company's continued
transition and adoption towards a subscription-based model is a
credit positive, as the high levels of recurring revenue and
retention rates provide more visibility and consistency regarding
the company's future revenue and cash flow streams.

Secular Tailwinds Across Business Segments: The proliferation of
"Bring Your Own Devices (BYOD)" combined with the demand for remote
working meaningfully increased cyber security concerns. The digital
transformation of customers' technology infrastructure has created
strong demand across each of Ivanti's product offerings. Fitch
expects these industry trends to support Ivanti's near- to
medium-term growth in the mid-single-digits.

Highly Fragmented and Competitive Marketplace: Ivanti operates in
highly fragmented markets across each of its products. As a result,
Fitch expects Ivanti will be exposed to intense competition,
including from market leaders like Microsoft, Citrix, and VMWare,
who are larger, have greater financial flexibility and the ability
to bundle and up-sell their customers at very competitive price
points.

In the IT Service Management (ITSM) and Enterprise Service
Management (ESM) segment, Ivanti competes with peers such as
ServiceNow in the enterprise segment, and GoTo Group in the middle
market, both of which have strong cloud-native offerings. Ivanti's
Cherwell remains the primary alternative to ServiceNow, as they are
the most replaced IT Service Management tool (ITSM).

Strong FCF Characteristics: Ivanti's management has mostly executed
on a sizeable cost optimization program resulting in EBITDA margins
approaching 40% range, in line with Ivanti's at-scale software
peers. Fitch expects the company to generate FCF margins in the
mid-teens from fiscal 2022 onwards upon the completion of the
rationalization and integration of the recently acquired entities.

Leverage to Remain Elevated: Fitch expects gross leverage to remain
above 6.5x in 2022, which is in line with Ivanti's peers in the 'B'
rating category. Fitch expects leverage to remain above 6.0x over
the rating horizon as the company makes ongoing investments in
technologies and products to keep pace with the fast-moving
industry, limiting its ability to delever primarily from EBITDA
growth. Private Equity ownership will also limit deleveraging as
sponsors look to optimize ROE through acquisitions and shareholder
returns.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Ivanti primarily operate in three end-markets, namely unified
endpoint management and security, remote access and ITSM/ESM. The
broader market for endpoint security and remote working has been
growing, supported by the proliferation of access points into
secure networks, greater awareness around security breaches and the
increasing complexity of IT networks and applications.

Ivanti is well-positioned for its rating, given its sizeable base
of recurring revenues, strong profitability and FCF margins.
Ivanti's EBITDA margins and FCF margins are in line with its larger
and better-capitalized peers like IBM, VMWare, GoTo Group and
Citrix. Additionally, Fitch expects Ivanti's leverage to remain
higher than the aforementioned peers, and in excess of 6x range
over the rating horizon.

The ratings also reflect Fitch's expectation that despite strong
secular demand for UEM and endpoint security, Ivanti's growth will
be tempered by the highly competitive landscape in its end-markets,
especially against larger software peers who also offer a
comprehensive solution.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within the rating case for the issuer
include:

-- Organic revenue growth in the low single digit range over the
    rating horizon, reflecting the mix in revenues shifting from
    perpetual license to subscription revenues as well as the
    unwinding of the pandemic revenue benefits.

-- EBITDA margins are expected to stabilize above 40%, reflecting
    the full impact of the planned cost savings.

KEY RECOVERY RATING ASSUMPTIONS

The recovery analysis assumes that Ivanti would be reorganized as a
going-concern in bankruptcy rather than liquidated.

In estimating a distressed EV for Ivanti, Fitch assumes a
combination of customer churn and margin compression on lower
revenue scale in a distressed scenario to result in approximately
15% revenue decline leading to a going concern EBITDA that is
approximately 25% lower relative to 2021 pro forma adjusted EBITDA.
As Ivanti business model depends on the ability to provide robust
IT security, customer churn could rise in times of distress.

Fitch applies a 6.5x multiple and a 10% administrative claim to
arrive at an adjusted EV of $1.72 billion. The multiple is higher
than the median Telecom, Media and Technology EV multiple but is in
line with the Fitch employed multiple for other 'B'-rated software
companies. In the 21st edition of Fitch's Bankruptcy Enterprise
Values and Creditor Recoveries case studies, Fitch noted nine past
reorganizations in the Technology sector with recovery multiples
ranging from 2.6x to 10.8x. Of these companies, only three were in
the Software sector: Allen Systems Group, Inc.; Avaya, Inc.; and
Aspect Software Parent, Inc., which received recovery multiples of
8.4x and 5.5x, respectively.

Median M&A multiples for the sector are in the 9.0x range. The 6.5x
multiple is supported by Ivanti's scale, strong margins, highly
recurring revenues and strong FCF profile.

Fitch assumes a fully drawn revolver in its recovery analysis since
credit revolvers are tapped as companies are under distress. Fitch
assumes a fully drawn on Ivanti's $175 million revolver.

Fitch estimates strong recovery prospects for the first lien credit
facilities and rates them 'BB-'/'RR2', or two notches above
Ivanti's 'B' IDR. Fitch estimates limited recovery prospects for
the second lien term loan and rates it 'CCC+'/'RR6', two notches
below Ivanti's IDR.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Expectation of gross leverage (total debt with equity
    credit/operating EBITDA) sustaining below 5.5x;

-- Cash flow leverage, defined as (CFO-capex)/Total debt,
    sustained above 8.0%;

-- FFO interest coverage sustaining above 3.0x.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Expectation of gross leverage (total debt with equity
    credit/operating EBITDA) sustaining above 7.0x;

-- Cash flow leverage, defined as (CFO-capex)/Total debt,
    sustained below 5.0%;

-- FFO Interest Coverage sustained below 1.5x.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Liquidity: Fitch believes Ivanti has a strong liquidity profile
with approximately $86 million of cash at 3Q 2021 and forecasted
FCF generation. The company's $175 million undrawn revolving credit
facility further strengthens the company's liquidity.

Debt Structure: Ivanti's debt structure is comprised of a $175
million revolving credit facility, 1st lien term loan debt of $2.2
billion, and a 2nd lien $545 million term loan. The revolver, 1st
lien term loan, and 2nd lien term loan has a maturity of 2025,
2027, and 2028, respectively. The company has a favorable maturity
schedule, with no major payments due until maturity of each
respective term loan.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.

ISSUER PROFILE

Ivanti Inc. is a provider of mid-market focused, enterprise-grade
intelligent IT management solutions, specifically Zero Trust
Security, Unified Endpoint Management (UEM), and Enterprise Service
Management (ESM) solutions.


BLUE JAY: Unsecureds to be Paid in Full in Subchapter V Plan
------------------------------------------------------------
Blue Jay Communications, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Northern District of Ohio a Plan of Reorganization under
Subchapter V dated Feb. 7, 2022.

Blue Jay Communications is an installer of commercial
telecommunication and network infrastructure throughout the Midwest
with a particular concentration in northern Ohio, Wisconsin,
southern Michigan, and Illinois.

The COVID epidemic severely impacted the Debtor's revenue and even
though the Debtor received assistance during this period in the
form of PPP loans, the Debtor began to experience a rapid increase
in orders from its customers addressing their own back log of work
that was postponed due to the COVID 19 pandemic. The attempts of
certain MCA Lenders to seize the Debtor's accounts receivable led
to the filing of this bankruptcy case.

The Debtor's financial projections show that the Debtor will have
total projected disposable income for the 5-year period of
$6,607,733. The final Plan payment is expected to be paid 60 months
after the Distribution Date of this Plan or when all Claims have
been Allowed.

This Plan of Reorganization under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
proposes to pay creditors of the Debtor from the future actual
disposable income of the Reorganized Debtor.

Creditors holding Allowed Claims in Classes 1, 3, 7 and 8 will
receive distributions which the Debtor has estimated to be
approximately 100 cents on the dollar during the term of this Plan.
Classes 2, 4, 5 and 6 will also receive 100% of their Allowed
Claims over the term of their remaining agreements with the Debtor.
This Plan provides for full payment of administrative expenses and
priority claims.

Class 7 consists of the Allowed Unsecured Claims of Creditors that
are owed less than $1,000.00 as of the Petition Date. The Debtor
estimates that there are 35 holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims who
have a total of $16,269.59 in Allowed Claims in this class. Allowed
Claims in this class will be paid by the Reorganized Debtor in full
in cash on the Distribution Date.

Class 8 consists of the Allowed Claims of Creditors other those in
Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. The Debtor estimates that are 64
holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims who have approximately
$1,300,000.00 in Allowed Claims in this class as of the Petition
Date.

Allowed Claims in this class will receive a quarterly pro rata
distribution from the Reorganized Debtor projected to commence on
the first business day after 12 months from the Distribution Date
and each calendar quarter until paid in full or the Plan reaches 5
years from the Distribution Date, but after and subject to the
payment of Administrative Expenses and Priority Tax Claims, but
pro-rata with the Unsecured portions of those Allowed Claims as
provided in the Class treatments. No interest shall accrue on any
Claims in this Class.

Class 9 consists of the Allowed Unsecured Claims of John Houlihan
other than equity claims. These claims total $294,712.34. Mr.
Houlihan's unsecured claims will be paid in full once all allowed
claims in Classes 3, 6 and 7 have been paid in full, and so long as
all payments due to Classes 2, 4 and 5 are current.

Class 10 consists of the outstanding stock issued by the Debtor,
all of which is owned by John Houlihan. Confirmation of this Plan
shall cause all prepetition stock issued by the Debtor to be
revested in and retained Mr. Houlihan as of the Petition Date and
shall subject to and based upon the terms and conditions as they
existed on the Petition Date including under any Articles of
Incorporation, By-Laws, and other duly executed corporate
documents.

The Plan will be implemented and funded through the future business
operations of the Reorganized Debtor. As a part of its
reorganization, the Debtor does not contemplate the sale of any
assets, however assets may be sold to the extent that it is later
determined they are no longer of value to the Reorganized Debtor's
business operation or their useful life for the Reorganized Debtor
has expired.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated Feb. 7, 2022,
is available at https://bit.ly/34Jp7Ce from PacerMonitor.com at no
charge.

             About Blue Jay Communications

Blue Jay Communications, Inc. installs telecommunication and
network infrastructure throughout the Midwest with a particular
concentration in northern Ohio, southern Michigan, and Illinois.
It currently has offices in Cleveland, Marion, Toledo, and
Youngstown, Ohio, and St. Charles, Ill.  The company serves major
telecommunications companies as its clients.

Blue Jay Communications filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. N.D. Ohio Case No. 21-31915) on Nov. 9, 2021, disclosing
$5,145,458 in assets and $7,618,110 in liabilities. John F.
Houlihan, president, signed the petition.

Judge Mary Ann Whipple oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Frederic P. Schwieg, Esq. at Frederic P Schwieg
Attorney at Law as bankruptcy counsel and Gino Pulito, Esq., at
Pulito and Associates, LLC as special counsel. Pease & Associates,
LLC and Newpoint Advisors Corporation serve as the Debtor's
accountant and financial advisor, respectively.


BOY SCOUTS: U.S. Trustee Says Payout Plan Cancels Too Many Claims
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Steven Church of Bloomberg News reports that lawyers for the U.S.
Trustee argued in court papers that a bankruptcy exit plan that
would end sexual abuse lawsuits against the Boy Scouts and
affiliated groups should be changed because it releases too many
entities from liability.

So-called third party releases aren't allowed under the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code, the bankruptcy watchdog, which is an arm of the
U.S. Justice Department, said in court papers filed Monday,
February 7, 2022.

The U.S. Trustee has opposed such measures in other cases as well.

Third party releases allow companies and individuals that aren’t
in bankruptcy to pay money as part of another entity's Chapter 11
case.

                    About Boy Scouts of America

The Boy Scouts of America -- https://www.scouting.org/ -- is a
federally chartered non-profit corporation under title 36 of the
United States Code. Founded in 1910 and chartered by an act of
Congress in 1916, the BSA's mission is to train youth in
responsible citizenship, character development, and self-reliance
through participation in a wide range of outdoor activities,
educational programs, and, at older age levels, career-oriented
programs in partnership with community organizations. Its national
headquarters is located in Irving, Texas.

The Boy Scouts of America and affiliate Delaware BSA, LLC, sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 20-10343) on
Feb. 18, 2020, to deal with sexual abuse claims.

Boy Scouts of America was estimated to have $1 billion to $10
billion in assets and at least $500 million in liabilities as of
the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtors have tapped Sidley Austin LLP as their bankruptcy
counsel, Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP as Delaware counsel,
and Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC, as financial advisor.
Omni Agent Solutions is the claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed a tort claimants' committee
and an unsecured creditors' committee on March 5, 2020.  The tort
claimants' committee is represented by Pachulski Stang Ziehl &
Jones, LLP, while the unsecured creditors' committee is represented
by Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel, LLP.


BOYD GAMING: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'BB-' on Deleveraging
------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on U.S. regional
gaming operator Boyd Gaming Corp. to 'BB-' from 'B+'. The outlook
is positive.

S&P said, "We also revised our recovery rating on the company's
senior unsecured debt to '4' from '5' because of debt repayment and
because we raised our issue-level rating on this debt by two
notches which we removed from credit watch positive where it was
placed on May 25, 2021.

"The positive outlook reflects the possibility of an upgrade over
the next 12 months if we expect that Boyd will sustain sufficient
leverage cushion relative to our 4x upgrade threshold to absorb
potential operating volatility and leveraging transactions.

"We expect Boyd to maintain adjusted leverage in the low- to mid-3x
area over the next 12 months. Boyd's operating performance has
outperformed our expectations over the last few quarters as revenue
recovered at a faster pace to 2019 levels than we previously
anticipated, particularly in its Las Vegas locals and Midwest and
South segments. Boyd also achieved higher EBITDAR margins and
property level EBITDAR relative to 2019. Local and regional gaming
operators have so far sustained considerable improvements in
margins despite the return of a more normal competitive
environment, including the resumption of operations of alternative
entertainment options and the elimination of many pandemic
operating restrictions, which has resulted in casino operators
becoming more comfortable with the existing competitive
environment.

"Boyd's strong operating performance also allowed the company to
reduce debt balances by approximately $800 million in 2021, further
improving leverage. We believe Boyd's substantial leverage
improvement in 2021 will allow it capacity to withstand some margin
moderation in 2022, while still sustaining leverage in the low- to
mid-3x area (absent possible incremental investment or acquisition
spending). We forecast Boyd's EBITDA will decline by 10%-15%
year-over-year in 2022, but remain 25%-35% above 2019 levels. This
is because Boyd has demonstrated consistent margin performance over
the last 18 months, resulting in EBITDAR growing significantly in
2021 despite revenues remaining largely flat to 2019.

"Notwithstanding, we believe that some of the factors supporting
its good revenue growth in 2021, including government stimulus
funds, a lack of travel and leisure alternatives, and consumers
finding leisure activities, including gaming, closer to home will
wane in 2022, as consumers deplete accumulated savings and resume
broader travel and leisure activities. Additionally, although we
expect local and regional gaming operators to sustain some of the
cost improvements implemented during the pandemic, we believe
expenses, particularly marketing and some labor, will increase in
2022 because of inflationary pressures and the need to stay
competitive. Specifically, we believe casinos will need to increase
marketing and service levels, including the resumption of
amenities, to attract customers and remain competitive as more
travel and leisure alternatives are available to consumers.

"Boyd lacks a track record of operating with the lower financial
leverage we forecast in our base case. Boyd has recently begun
articulating a more conservative financial policy with respect to
leverage, indicating that it intends to maintain its long-term
leverage around 2.5x, compared to its 4x-5x policy range prior to
the pandemic. (Our adjustments, principally leases, add around
0.25x-0.5x to Boyd's measure of leverage.) We believe its desire to
operate at lower leverage stems from some uncertainty around the
long-term sustainability of its strong operating results coming out
of the pandemic and its ability to use recently improved cash flow
to significantly reduce leverage. Nevertheless, its track record of
operating at such low leverage is limited and we believe there may
not be a firm policy commitment to sustain such low leverage,
especially if acquisition or investment opportunities present
themselves.

"Notwithstanding, the company has materially reduced leverage over
the past 18 months by expanding its EBITDA base and reducing debt
using its free cash flow. We estimate Boyd ended 2021 with S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted leverage in the high-2x area. Although we
expect leverage to weaken in 2022 because of our forecasted EBITDA
decline, we now forecast leverage in the low– to mid-3x area,
reflecting sustained improvement in credit metrics relative to our
previous forecast that leverage could improve below 5x in 2022.
Furthermore, we project healthy annual free operating cash flow
(FOCF) of $400 million to $500 million, which should provide the
company sufficient flexibility to complete recently announced
shareholder returns without adding additional leverage. Boyd has
indicated its intention to return $500 million to shareholders in
2022, through availability under its share repurchase program and
the resumption of quarterly dividends at a significantly higher
rate compared to pre-pandemic. Additionally, Boyd has announced its
intention to continue to invest in its business and resumed a
number of capex initiatives which it had placed on hold as a result
of the uncertainty related to pandemic. It also plans to expand and
invest in its regional icasino business, Stardust. S&P said, "We
believe Boyd will fund these growth initiatives and dividends using
internally generated cash. We also believe Boyd will remain
opportunistic in pursuing additional investment or acquisition
opportunities. Although our base-case forecast does not assume the
company makes any material leveraging acquisitions, we believe our
forecasted leverage in the low- to mid-3x area provides the company
good cushion relative to our 5x downgrade threshold at the 'BB-'
rating and moderate cushion relative to our 4x upgrade threshold,
which supports the positive rating outlook."

Boyd's concentration in local and regional gaming markets has
supported its strong recovery. Boyd's portfolio of casinos is
heavily weighted toward local and regional gaming markets. It
generates more than 90% of its total revenue and property level
EBITDAR from its Midwest and South properties and its Las Vegas
locals segment. Regional and local gaming markets recovered faster
because they cater to customers who live in the area and can drive
to the properties. These casinos benefitted from customers staying
closer to home and limited other entertainment and travel options.
Additionally, Boyd implemented cost cuts during the pandemic in
2020 that it has been able to sustain thus far, reporting more than
1,000-basis-point improvements in its two most important markets.
While S&P believes incremental costs may creep back as operations
normalize, a large proportion of the cost reductions are likely
permanent.

S&P said, "In our revised base-case scenario, we assume that
revenues in 2022 are flat to 2019 and 2021 levels and that a full
resumption of travel and other entertainment options and waning
stimulus benefits will lead to some softness in its local markets.
Sequential improvement in its smallest reporting segment, downtown
Las Vegas, which represents less than 10% of its revenue and
property-level EBITDAR, will only modestly offset regional
softness. Boyd's downtown Las Vegas segment remains depressed from
2019 levels given that the majority of its downtown casinos depend
on fly-in visitation to Las Vegas from Hawaii. We expect visitation
to downtown Las Vegas to continue to recover in 2022, supporting
improvement in revenue closer to 2019 levels.

"The positive outlook reflects the possibility that we could raise
our ratings in the next 12 months if we believe that Boyd will
sustain sufficient leverage cushion relative to our 4x upgrade
threshold to absorb potential operating volatility and leveraging
transactions.

"We could raise the rating on Boyd in the next 12 months if we see
a longer track record of financial policy discipline in line with
its recently communicated leverage target, increasing our certainty
that it would sustain debt to EBITDA comfortably below 4x, and we
expect that as the operating environment normalizes the company
will retain the significant cost savings it experienced through
2021.

"We could revise the outlook to stable if we no longer believe the
company could maintain adjusted leverage below 4x."

This scenario would likely occur if:

-- The company underperforms our base case, potentially due to
greater margin moderation than we currently forecast because of
inflationary pressures and/or a revenue decline because consumers
pull back on gaming spending; or

-- Boyd pursues a material leveraging acquisition or becomes more
aggressive with shareholder returns.

ESG credit indicators: E-2, S-3, G-2



BT MCCARTHY 1: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
------------------------------------------------
Debtor: BT McCarthy 1, Inc.
        5853 Washington, St.
        Naples, FL 34109

Business Description: BT McCarthy 1 is part of the "Other
                      Specialty Trade Contractors" industry.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 9, 2022

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Middle District of Florida

Case No.: 22-00125

Debtor's Counsel: Joseph A. Pack, Esq.
                  PACK LAW
                  51 NE 24th St., Suite 108
                  Miami, FL 33137
                  Tel: (305) 916-4500
                  Email: joe@packlaw.com

Estimated Assets: $500,000 to $1 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Marc Darby as president.

The Debtor failed to include in the petition a list of its 20
largest unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/YZXPMSY/BT_McCarthy_1_Inc__flmbke-22-00125__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


CAST & CREW: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B', Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on Burbank,
Calif.–based Cast & Crew LLC to 'B' from 'B-'. At the same time,
S&P affirmed its 'B' issue-level rating on its existing first-lien
credit facility, and revised its recovery rating on the first-lien
facility to '3' from '2' to reflect the increase in the amount of
the incremental term loan debt in its capital structure, which
results in reduced recovery prospect for the first-lien lenders
despite its revised, higher enterprise valuation.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that Cast & Crew's
leverage will improve to the 6x area or lower over the next 12
months, and that the company will generate strong positive cash
flow, which will enable it to maintain adequate liquidity to meet
its operating and working capital needs.

S&P said, "We expect Cast & Crew to strongly expand its revenue due
to the high demand for content across film, television, and digital
streaming producers. The company's payroll management business
primarily generates revenue through handling fees and fees related
to providing workers compensation insurance, which is calculated as
a percentage of the total wages paid by its customers. We expect
entertainment industry production spending to continue to rise at a
rapid rate and anticipate Cast & Crew's gross wages processed in
2022 will be more than 50% higher than its pre-pandemic levels in
2019.

"Given the company's strong market position, we believe it will
continue to benefit from tailwinds in its growing entertainment
industry payroll market niche. The demand for content from digital
streaming platforms remains a key growth category because the
crowded direct-to-consumer streaming market values original and
high-budget content as an important competitive differentiator.
This benefits Cast & Crew because it provides payroll and digital
services to most of these players, including Netflix, Hulu, Amazon
Prime Video, and Disney+. We view the company's operating niche as
defensible given the complex industry-specific accounting and
production payroll servicing requirements, the integration of its
technology into its customers' workflow systems, and its
long-tenured client relationships.

"The company's acquisition of Backstage will provide it with a
subscription revenue-generating platform that links creative supply
(talent, filmmakers, crew) with creative demand (brands, ad
agencies, casting directors). We believe the integration risks
related to this transaction are low and expect Backstage will
benefit from the same content creation tailwinds fueling the
improvement in Cast & Crew's core business. We also believe the
acquisition will provide the company with an opportunity to create
a digital end-to-end talent acquisition and payment platform.

"We forecast the company's revenue and cash flow will expand over
the coming quarters and leverage will decrease to about 6x by the
end of fiscal year 2022. We expect a continued strong operating
performance and EBITDA contributions from its recent acquisitions
will lead Cast & Crew to report adjusted EBITDA of about $275
million for fiscal year 2022. While the company has primarily used
debt to fund prior acquisitions, it will largely finance the
current acquisition with an equity contribution from Backstage's
financial sponsor, which will limit the negative effects on its
credit metrics.

"Our ratings on Cast & Crew are constrained by its high leverage
and ownership by a financial sponsor. Our assessment of the company
incorporates our view of the financial policies of most financial
sponsor-owned companies, which focus on generating investment
returns over short time horizons (less than five years) and
typically operate with high debt levels. Thus, while we expect Cast
& Crew to increase its EBITDA and improve its cash flow generation
over the next two to three years, we believe further debt-funded
acquisitions or distributions will likely preclude any significant
deleveraging.

"The stable outlook on Cast & Crew reflects our expectation that
its leverage will improve to the 6x area or lower over the next 12
months as it generates strong positive cash flow, enabling it to
maintain adequate liquidity to meet its operating and working
capital needs."

S&P could consider taking a negative rating action on Cast & Crew
if it demonstrates a weaker-than-expected operating performance or
increases its leverage due to acquisitions or distributions such
that:

-- It sustains S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage of more than
7.0x;

-- It maintains EBITDA margins below the mid-40% area; and

-- Its free operating cash flow (FOCF) to debt declines and
remains below 5%.

S&P said, "Although unlikely given Cast & Crew's financial-sponsor
ownership and history of debt-financed acquisitions, we could
consider an upgrade if it establishes a strong operating track
record while maintaining a conservative financial policy such that
we expect its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage to decline below
5x on a sustained basis."

ESG credit indicators: E-2 S-3 G-3

S&P said, "Social factors are a moderately negative consideration
in our analysis of Cast & Crew LLC. This reflects the
mission-critical importance of its human resources and payroll
services to its clients and their employees. In addition, there are
high inherent risks and adverse consequences (reputational damage,
legal or regulatory fines, or operational disruptions) if it fails
to protect sensitive information or its critical infrastructure and
applications. Governance is a moderately negative consideration in
our analysis, as it is for most rated entities owned by
private-equity sponsors. We believe the company's highly leveraged
financial risk profile points to corporate decision-making that
prioritizes the interests of its controlling owners. This also
reflects private-equity sponsors' generally finite holding periods
and focus on maximizing shareholder returns."



CENTURY ALUMINUM: Chief Financial Officer Resigns
-------------------------------------------------
Craig Conti, chief financial officer of Century Aluminum Company,
will be leaving the company in order to be closer to family and
pursue other opportunities, effective March 1, 2022.  Mr. Conti
joined the company in July 2018 as CFO and executive vice
president.

Jesse Gary, the company's president and chief executive officer
commented, "On behalf of everyone at Century, I would like to thank
Craig for his valuable contributions to Century's success over the
past few years.  We wish him all the best in his future
endeavors."

Following Mr. Conti's departure, Michelle Harrison, the company's
senior vice president, finance and treasurer, will assume the
responsibilities of principal financial officer while the company
conducts a search, both internally and externally, for a
successor.

                  About Century Aluminum Company

Century Aluminum Company -- http://www.centuryaluminum.com-- is a
global producer of primary aluminum and operates aluminum reduction
facilities, or "smelters," in the United States and Iceland.

Century Aluminum reported a net loss of $123.3 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, a net loss of $80.8 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2019, and a net loss of $66.2 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2018.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company had $1.49 billion
in total assets, $515.5 million in total current liabilities,
$653.5 million in total noncurrent liabilities, and $320.2 million
in total shareholders' equity.


CHARMING CHARLIE: Closes 2 Stores in Sacramento A Year After Return
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Sonya Scrich of Sacramento Business Journal reports that
accessories retailer Charming Charlie is closing its two local
stores, less than a year after reentering the Sacramento area.

Signs at a Charming Charlie store in Folsom's Palladio at
Broadstone confirm the location's upcoming closure.  The retailer
is also closing its store in Fountains at Roseville, said Paul
Bollinger, executive vice president of Fountains owner Inter-Cal
Real Estate Corp.

Those stores reopened last year, as the company pursued a new
future.

Houston-based Charming Charlie filed for bankruptcy in 2019, its
second Chapter 11 filing in less than two years, the Houston
Business Journal reported at the time. Charming Charlie then closed
all its stores, including local sites in Laguna Crossroads in Elk
Grove, Fountains at Roseville and Folsom's Palladio.

After the Chapter 11 filing, Houston-based CJS Group LP — led by
Charming Charlie founder and original CEO Charlie Chanaratsopon —
bought the brand and its intellectual property through a bankruptcy
auction in September 2019, the Houston Business Journal reported.

The company went on to sell products online and in brick-and-mortar
stores. Last year, Charming Charlie reopened in spaces it
previously occupied in Folsom's Palladio and Fountains at
Roseville. It filled 7,000 square feet in Roseville, and about
6,995 square feet in Folsom.

Charming Charlie sells clothing, jewelry and other accessories.

Company representatives could not immediately be reached for
comment.

                   About Charming Charlie Holdings

Charming Charlie -- http://www.CharmingCharlie.com/-- is a
Houston-based specialty retailer focused on fashion jewelry,
handbags, apparel, gifts and beauty products.  The Company
currently operates more than 375 stores in the United States and
Canada.

Charming Charlie Holdings Inc. and its affiliates sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 17-12906) on Dec. 11,
2017.

Charming Charlie estimated assets of $50 million to $100 million
and debt of $100 million to $500 million.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP is serving as the Company's legal counsel,
AlixPartners LLP is serving as its restructuring advisor, and
Guggenheim Securities, LLC is serving as its investment banker.
Klehr Harrison Harvey Branzburg LLP is the Company's local
counsel.

Rust Consulting/OMNI Bankruptcy is the claims and noticing agent.

Joele Frank, Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher is the Company's
communications consultant. A&G Realty Partners, LLC's the Company's
real estate advisors.

Hilco Merchant Resources LLC is the Company's exclusive agent.


COMMUNITY HEALTH: Unit Completes $1.5B Offering of Senior Notes
---------------------------------------------------------------
CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc. (the "Issuer"), a direct, wholly
owned subsidiary of Community Health Systems, Inc., completed its
previously announced offering of $1,535,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of its 5.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2030.  The terms of
the Notes are governed by an indenture, dated as of Feb. 4, 2022,
among the Issuer, the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party
thereto, Regions Bank, as trustee, and Credit Suisse AG, as
collateral agent.

The Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.250% per year payable
semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year,
commencing on Nov. 15, 2022.

The Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior-priority
secured basis by the Company and each of the Issuer's current and
future domestic subsidiaries that provide guarantees under the
Issuer's ABL facility, any capital market debt securities of the
Issuer (including the Issuer's outstanding senior notes) and
certain other long-term debt of the Issuer and the guarantors.

The Notes and the guarantees are secured by (i) first-priority
liens on the collateral that also secures on a first-priority basis
the Issuer's existing senior-priority secured notes and (ii)
second-priority liens on the collateral that secures on a
first-priority basis the ABL Facility (and also secures on a
second-priority basis the Existing Senior-Priority Secured Notes),
in each case subject to permitted liens described in the Indenture.
The Notes are subject to the terms of three intercreditor
agreements: (1) the intercreditor agreement which governs the
relative rights of the secured parties in respect of the ABL
Facility, the Existing Senior-Priority Secured Notes, the Issuer's
existing junior-priority secured notes and the Notes, (2) the
intercreditor agreement which governs the relative rights of the
secured parties in respect of the Existing Senior-Priority Secured
Notes, the Existing Junior-Priority Secured Notes and the Notes and
(3) the intercreditor agreement which governs the relative rights
of holders of the Notes, holders of the Existing Senior-Priority
Secured Notes and holders of any future obligations secured on a
pari passu basis with the Notes. Each of the Intercreditor
Agreements restrict the actions permitted to be taken by the
Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral on behalf of the
holders of the Notes.

At any time prior to May 15, 2025, the Issuer may redeem some or
all of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount
of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to,
but excluding, the applicable redemption date plus a "make-whole"
premium, as described in the Indenture.  On or after May 15, 2025,
the Issuer may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time and from
time to time at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
applicable redemption date.  In addition, at any time prior to May
15, 2025, the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes with the proceeds of certain equity
offerings at the redemption price set forth in the Indenture, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
applicable redemption date.  In addition, at any time prior to May
15, 2025, but not more than once during each twelve-month period
commencing on Feb. 4, 2022, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a price equal
to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable
redemption date.

If the Company or the Issuer experiences a Change of Control (as
defined in the Indenture), the Issuer is required to offer to
repurchase the Notes at 101% of the principal amount of the Notes
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
date of repurchase.

The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit
the Issuer's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries
to incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, pay dividends or
make other restricted payments, make certain investments, incur
restrictions on the ability of the Issuer's restricted subsidiaries
that are not guarantors to pay dividends or make certain other
payments, create or incur certain liens, sell assets and subsidiary
stock, impair the security interests, transfer all or substantially
all of the Issuer's assets or enter into merger or consolidation
transactions, and enter into transactions with affiliates.  The
Indenture provides for customary events of default which include
(subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods),
among others, nonpayment of principal or interest, breach of other
agreements in the Indenture, failure to pay certain other
indebtedness, failure to pay certain final judgments, failure of
certain guarantees to be enforceable, failure to perfect certain
collateral securing the Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

As previously announced, on Jan. 20, 2022, the Issuer caused to be
issued to holders of the 6.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 a
notice of conditional redemption to redeem on Feb. 4, 2022 all of
the 2025 Notes then outstanding at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes redeemed plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable
redemption date, plus a "make-whole" premium as described in the
indenture governing the 2025 Notes.  On Feb. 4, 2022, the Issuer
redeemed all outstanding 2025 Notes using the proceeds from the
Notes Offering.

                 About Community Health Systems Inc.

Community Health Systems, Inc. -- http://www.chs.net-- is a
publicly traded hospital company and an operator of general acute
care hospitals in communities across the country.  As of Dec. 31,
2020, the Company owned or leased 89 hospitals with an aggregate of
14,110 licensed beds, comprised of 87 general acute care hospitals
and two stand-alone rehabilitation or psychiatric hospitals.  These
hospitals are geographically diversified across 16 states, with the
majority of its hospitals located in regional networks or in close
geographic proximity to one or more of its other hospitals.

As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company had $15.67 billion in total
assets, $16.67 billion in total liabilities, $493 million in
redeemable noncontrolling interests in equity of consolidated
subsidiaries, and a total stockholders' deficit of $1.49 billion.

                             *   *   *

As reported by the TCR on Dec. 29, 2020, S&P Global Ratings raised
its issuer credit rating on Community Health Systems Inc. to 'CCC+'
from 'SD' (selective default).  S&P said, "The stable outlook
reflects our view that the company has reduced its debt, and
improved its operations and cash flow such that its debt is now
more manageable; however, we believe risks to the long-term
sustainability of the capital structure remain, especially given
ongoing uncertainty stemming from the coronavirus pandemic."

In November 2020, Fitch Ratings affirmed the Long-Term Issuer
Default Ratings (IDR) of Community Health Systems, Inc. (CHS) and
subsidiary CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc. at 'CCC'.


COOKE OMEGA: S&P Withdraws 'B' Issuer Credit Rating
---------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings has withdrawn its 'B' issuer credit rating (ICR)
on Cooke Omega Investments Inc. at the company's request following
the full redemption of Cooke Omega's US$330 million senior secured
notes on Feb. 7, 2022 .



CRESTWOOD EQUITY: S&P Affirms 'BB-' Rating on Senior Notes
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'BB-' issue-level rating on the
Crestwood Equity Partners L.P.'s (CEQP) senior notes, including the
notes it assumed from Oasis Midstream Partners L.P. (OMP), and its
'B-' issue-level rating on its preferred stock. S&P's '4' recovery
rating remains unchanged, indicating its expectation for average
(30%-50%; rounded estimate: 45%) recovery in the event of a payment
default.

The positive outlook reflects S&P's view that the OMP acquisition
will materially increase the scale of CEQP's operations and
footprint while reducing its leverage to about 4x in 2022.

On Feb. 1, 2022, CEQP, a Houston-based master limited partnership
(MLP), completed its merger with OMP. As part of the transaction,
CEQP assumed $450 million of OMP's senior notes due 2029 and
increased its revolving credit facility's commitment to $1.50
billion from $1.25 billion.

CEQP is a publicly traded MLP that owns and operates energy
infrastructure assets located in the Bakken, Delaware, Marcellus,
Powder River, and Barnett basins. With about $3 billion of net
fixed assets and historical EBITDA of $570 million-$600 million
(before the acquisition of OMP), the partnership focuses on natural
gas and crude oil gathering and processing (80% of expected 2021
EBITDA), storage and transportation (8%), and marketing, supply,
and logistics (12%).

ESG credit indicators: E-3 S-2 G-2

S&P said, "Environmental factors are a moderately negative
consideration in our credit rating analysis of CEQP, which operates
natural gas and crude gathering and processing, storage,
transportation, and marketing businesses. This is due to the
increasing environmental regulations targeting greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions facing the broader midstream energy sector. Over the
longer term, the company may face the risk of declining volumes due
to reduced drilling activity or demand stemming from the transition
to renewable energy sources."



CREW ENERGY: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B-' on Improving Cash Flows
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on Calgary-based
oil and gas exploration and production (E&P) company Crew Energy
Inc. to 'B-' from 'CCC+'. At the same time, S&P raised its
issue-level rating on the company's senior unsecured notes to 'B'
from 'B-'. The '2' recovery rating is unchanged.

S&P forecasts improving credit measures over the next two years
supported by its favorable view of commodity prices.

Natural gas prices have remained on an upward trajectory since
early 2021, with both Henry Hub and AECO prices benefitting from
strong demand, a robust liquefied natural gas (LNG) export market,
and reduced associated gas production in the U.S. S&P said, "Based
on our favorable near-term view, we forecast improving cash flows
and improved credit measures over the next two years. Specifically,
we project adjusted FFO to debt to average about 50% in 2022 and
2023. The improvement in credit measures is also supported by our
expectation for higher production and our assumption that the
company will use excess cash to repay drawings under the credit
facility."

S&P said, "Although credit measures have strengthened, our
estimates also incorporate potential for volatility in the rating.
We estimate all else equal, a decline of US$1 per million Btu
(mmBtu) in AECO and a drop of US$10 per barrel in crude oil prices
from S&P Global Ratings' 2022 pricing assumptions could result in
adjusted FFO declining by about 30% with adjusted FFO-to-debt
deteriorating to the low 30% area from our current expectation of
55%." Nevertheless, the company has hedged 46% of its 2022 gas
production at an average price of C$3.26 per thousand cubic feet,
which should limit near-term downside risk in a weak commodity
price environment.

The upgrade also reflects our expectation for positive free cash
flow generation and improving liquidity.

The company executed a major drilling program during 2021 with a
capital investment of approximately C$175 million, drilling 26
wells and completing 24 wells. Spending in 2022 is expected to be
more moderate (about C$95 million) and will focus on completing the
seven wells in the condensate-rich area in West Septimus, and
drilling and completing five wells in Groundbirch. Following
completion of these wells, S&P expects average production will rise
to 32,000 barrels of oil equivalent (boe) per day in 2022, a 10,000
boe per day increase from 2020. The production growth will help the
company to better capitalize on existing infrastructure, which can
currently accommodate about 40,000 boe per day of production, and
further improve unit operating costs.

S&P said, "Based on the improved prices and higher production
estimates, we expect the company will generate meaningful positive
free cash flows in the range of C$85 million to C$90 million in
2022. We assume Crew will use the excess cash flow largely to repay
amounts outstanding under the credit facility. The C$150 million
credit facility was 47% drawn at Dec. 31, 2021, and we expect it to
be undrawn by year-end. Although we do not expect it, the company
also has the option to further dispose of working interests in its
infrastructure assets for C$37.5 million, which could provide
incremental liquidity. In our view, the improved liquidity position
and stronger credit measures, combined with hedges in place,
provide sufficient cushion for the company to maintain the rating
even if near-term hydrocarbon prices weaken. Furthermore, we
believe that given supportive capital market access, Crew should be
able to refinance its C$300 million of senior unsecured notes well
in advance of the March 2024 maturity.

"We believe the company's scale of production limits upside to the
business risk assessment and credit rating.

"In our opinion, with average daily production of about 32,000
boe/day, Crew's operational scale is materially below that of 'B'
rated E&P peers. Our assessment of Crew's business risk profile
reflects its smaller production scale, limited product diversity
(80% of estimated 2021 production is natural gas), and low proved
developed reserves ratio (about 40%) compared with those of 'B'
rated peers."

Partially mitigating this are the company's operations in the
Montney, a well-established play in North America. The company also
has some degree of market diversification, servicing different
hubs, including Chicago and AECO. While exposure to AECO is higher
in 2022 (about 60%) primarily because of the hedges put in place
during 2021, we believe exposure to U.S. hubs is likely to increase
in 2023 and beyond. Crew has also continued to focus on cost
reduction by improving well efficiencies and unit costs are
expected to decline by 25% in 2022 from 2020 as production expands.
However, the profitability profile for gas-focused producers
remains weaker than for producers with a crude oil-focused product
mix. Based on S&P's five-year profitability assessment, it expects
Crew's profitability, which it measures using the company's
unhedged unit EBIT, will remain in the bottom quartile of our rated
E&P peer group.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our view that the company
will generate strong credit measures in the next two years
supported by favorable natural gas prices and increased production.
Specifically, we project the company will generate an adjusted
FFO-to-debt ratio averaging 50% over the next two years. The
outlook also reflects our expectation that Crew will maintain
sufficient liquidity over the next year by limiting spending well
within cash flow generation and using excess cash to reduce
borrowings under the credit facility. We also expect Crew will
refinance its March 2024 debt maturity before it becomes a current
obligation.

"We could lower the rating if availability under the credit
facility deteriorates meaningfully or if credit measures weaken
more than our expectation, specifically the adjusted FFO-to-debt
ratio declining below 12%. We could envision this scenario if
commodity prices fall significantly and management fails to
correspondingly reduce capital spending, resulting in material
negative free cash flows.

"We could raise our ratings on Crew if it improves its scale of
production and proved developed reserves ratio to closely align
with those of higher-rated peers. In our view, this would help
mitigate the impact of unanticipated commodity price volatility on
cash flow generation. In this scenario, we would also expect the
company to maintain an FFO-to-debt ratio above 45% and have
sufficient liquidity."

ESG credit indicators: E-4, S-2, G-2

S&P said, "Environmental factors are a negative consideration in
our credit rating analysis of Crew. Although Crew is mostly exposed
to natural gas production, risks from accelerating energy
transition, declining profitability, adoption of renewable energy
sources, and environmental risks inherent in hydrocarbon production
are reflected in our rating. The company is investing in
technologies to reduce emissions and targets reducing its scope 1
greenhouse gas emissions intensity by 20% by 2025 relative to its
2019 baseline. While we expect operating and full-cycle costs
associated with meeting environmental standards to increase, we do
not expect them to have a rating impact."



CTC HOLDINGS: Moody's Assigns Ba3 CFR, Rates New Term Loan B1
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B1 rating to CTC Holdings,
L.P.'s proposed senior secured term loan. Moody's also assigned to
CTC a Ba3 corporate family rating. CTC's outlook is stable.

Assignments:

Issuer: CTC Holdings, L.P.

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned Ba3

Senior Secured Term Loan, Assigned B1

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: CTC Holdings, L.P.

Outlook, Assigned Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Moody's said CTC expects to borrow about $300 million and intends
to use the net proceeds for trading capital and general corporate
purposes. Moody's said the Ba3 CFR reflects CTC's profitable track
record and competency as an options market maker, its liquid
balance sheet and its growing levels of capital. The CFR also
reflects the firm's sustained oversight from a highly engaged
ownership and leadership team and culture centered around risk
management, with a strong track record navigating various
challenging operating environments.

Nonetheless, Moody's said there is an inherently high level of
operational and market risk in CTC's relatively narrow principal
trading and market making activities, that could result in rapid
and severe losses and a deterioration in liquidity and funding in
the event of a severe risk management failure. Such operational and
market risks have historically been successfully mitigated by CTC's
generally short-lived trade positions in liquid exchange-traded
securities, prudent hedging of exposure to directional price
movements, and robust framework of risk monitoring, position limits
and multi-layered approach to technology risk controls. However,
there is a risk that the adherence to an extremely strong and
effective controls and risk management culture could become
somewhat diluted with ongoing growth and expansion of the firm's
operations.

The ratings also incorporate CTC's relatively narrow concentration
and specialization in options trading. While the company has
demonstrated scale, competence and ability to succeed within
options market making, Moody's considers the limited
diversification into other product classes as a constraint to its
credit profile, especially compared to peers that have extensive
trading capabilities spanning multiple asset classes and product
lines.

In addition, Moody's noted that CTC's gradual expansion into
lower-frequency, longer duration trading strategies (holding
positions for days to weeks) complements its traditional
higher-frequency market making activities and provides a
competitive benefit. However, the increased capital intensity of
longer-lived strategies could pose greater risks for the firm's
creditors if not properly managed. CTC's core options market making
business results in a high level of balance sheet leverage as
measured by tangible assets / tangible equity due to the
grossing-up of long and short trading positions in closely related
positions in the same underlying symbol. However, Moody's noted
that the absolute level of reported balance sheet leverage somewhat
overstates the market risk associated with adverse market movements
or declining asset values. As part of its market making activities,
CTC's aims to hedge exposure to directional price moves of the
underlying assets with offsetting long and short options positions
within the same underlying symbol. CTC's balance sheet intensive
trading approach also creates reliance on prime broker
relationships. Moody's expects that CTC's term loan issuance will
lead to a modest increase in balance sheet leverage, but believes
this increase is offset by the benefits of adding more stable
long-term funding to its balance sheet.

CTC has generally grown its equity capital base through earnings
retention and capital contributions from its members. However,
Moody's observed that CTC's partnership structure has resulted in
sizeable capital distributions in excess of net income during some
prior periods. Nonetheless, Moody's said that CTC's capital base
has expanded over the past two years, commensurate with the firm's
growth, and that it believes CTC will maintain a capital
distribution policy focused on earnings retention (net of required
tax distributions to members).

Moody's said that the proposed B1 senior secured term loan was
issued by CTC Holdings, L.P., which is the holding company of the
corporate family, and accordingly this rating is one notch below
the firm's Ba3 CFR because obligations at the holding company are
structurally inferior to those of CTC's operating companies, where
the preponderance of the group's liabilities reside.

Governance is highly relevant for CTC, as it is to all firms
operating in the financial services industry. Corporate governance
weaknesses can lead to a deterioration in a company's credit
quality, while governance strengths can benefit its credit profile.
Governance risks are largely internal rather than externally
driven. Generally, Moody's consider that the company's deliberative
partnership-like culture, with key executives and employees
maintaining a high level of involvement in control and management
oversight, provides an effective governance framework. Nonetheless,
corporate governance remains a key credit consideration and
requires ongoing monitoring.

CTC's stable outlook is based on Moody's expectation that the firm
will continue to generate solid profits and cash flows, sustain its
healthy liquidity profile, and that its leaders will continue to
place a high emphasis on maintaining an effective risk management
and controls framework. The stable outlook also reflects Moody's
expectation that the increase in debt will not lead to an increase
in risk appetite.

CTC is an electronic proprietary trading firm that specializes in
using internally developed automated trading algorithms to make
markets in options on a variety of underlying asset classes and
securities. CTC is headquartered in Chicago and has over 500
employees principally located in Chicago, New York, London, and
Hong Kong.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

CTC's ratings could be upgraded should it sustainably improve the
quality and diversity of its profitability and cash flows from the
development of lower-risk ancillary business activities; grow its
equity capital relative to its level of assets; and reduce reliance
or change to more favorable terms in key prime brokerage
relationships.

CTC's ratings could be downgraded if it were to suffer from a
sustained reduction in profitability from market or regulatory
changes or experience a substantial trading loss or risk control
failure. CTC's ratings could also be downgraded if there were a
significant reduction in equity capital or inability to increase
capital alongside asset growth either through an unfavorable
distribution policy or reduced profitability. Any adverse changes
in corporate culture or management quality or shift towards a more
aggressive risk appetite could also result in a downgrade.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Securities
Industry Market Makers Methodology published in November 2019.


CTC HOLDINGS: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issuer credit rating to CTC
Holdings L.P. The outlook is stable. S&P also assigned a 'B+' issue
rating to CTC's planned $300 million senior secured term loan B.

The ratings reflect the firm's successful options market making
business with strong market share in several options products. S&P
sid, "We view negatively the firm's reliance on short-term prime
brokerage funding and limited sources of contingent liquidity.
Although we expect the S&P Global Ratings risk-adjusted capital
(RAC) ratio to remain between 5%-7%, we believe that increases in
volatility, though generally positive for earnings, could put
pressure on our leverage metrics."

CTC Holdings is a Chicago-based nonoperating holding company that,
through its regulated subsidiaries, principally trades
electronically a large volume of diverse options products across
asset classes, including index, equities, fixed income, currency,
and commodities. CTC maintains strong market share across most of
the products it trades in within options and futures in the U.S. It
continues to expand its trading of other products beyond options
market making into other asset classes and strategies. CTC does not
self-clear and does all its trading through prime brokers and other
clearing firms, some of which also provide financing. CTC tries to
balance using technology to trade a large volume of securities
relative to its capital, including low-latency market making and
algorithmic strategies, with using seasoned traders to drive better
performance. The company also trades medium frequency strategies,
which span minutes to hours, and low frequency strategies, which
range from days to a few weeks. Both medium and low frequency
strategies typically employ hedges, so while the duration of trade
may span minutes to a few weeks, the majority of the risk is hedged
at trade inception.

S&P said, "We expect the firm's S&P Global Ratings RAC ratio to
remain between 5% and 7%. We view partners' capital as common
equity given limitations on partner redemptions. We expect
retention of earnings to grow equity in line with the growth of the
business. The firm typically generates good risk-adjusted returns,
albeit with more volatility than most peers. While the company is
generally more profitable in times of increased volatility, which
drives trading volume across most of its products, increased
volatility also boosts value-at-risk (VaR), which lowers our RAC
ratio. This was the case in 2018 and 2020, when the company was
highly profitable.

"The stable outlook on CTC Holdings reflects S&P Global Ratings'
expectation that CTC's balance sheet, exposure, and margin
requirements may be volatile, but the firm will maintain good
operating performance and a RAC ratio above 5%."

S&P could lower its ratings over the next 12 months if:

-- S&P expects the RAC ratio to fall consistently below 5%; or

-- The firm's liquidity was to deteriorate, for example such that
margin required to be posted to prime brokers to total net trading
capital would be consistently above 65%.

Over the same time horizon, S&P could raises its ratings if it
expects:

-- CTC to maintain its RAC ratio comfortably above 7% while
maintaining liquidity and adding further to business diversity.



ECOARK HOLDINGS: Signs Consulting Agreement With Zest Labs CEO
--------------------------------------------------------------
Ecoark Holdings, Inc. entered into a consulting agreement with
Peter Mehring, chief executive officer of Zest Labs, Inc., a wholly
owned subsidiary of the company.  The term will take effect on Feb.
14, 2022 and terminate on Feb. 14, 2023.

On Feb. 2, 2021, Mr. Mehring, who also serves as president and
director of Ecoark, notified the company that he intends to resign
from the Board of Directors and from his other positions with the
company and Zest effective Feb. 11, 2022.  There were no
disagreements between Mr. Mehring and the company relating to his
service as a director or officer.  Mr. Mehring is leaving the
company because he has entered into an agreement to work for a
leading Internet services provider based in the Silicon Valley.
Mr. Mehring has agreed to provide consulting services relating to
Zest's intellectual property.

Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Mr. Mehring will assist in
transitional activities related to his resignation as the chief
executive officer of Zest and will advise both companies on any
current intellectual property litigation, and matters related to
Zest's intellectual property.

Moreover, Ecoark agreed to pay Mr. Mehring a monthly retainer of
$16,666.66 per month to be paid on the last day of each month.
Upon the execution of the consulting agreement, Mr. Mehring will
have the expiration date on any stock awards by the company
extended for a period of one year from the last effective date of
the consulting agreement.  The consultant will also have any
unvested stock awards continue to vest during the term according to
the vesting schedule set forth in the stock award agreements.

                       About Ecoark Holdings

Rogers, Arkansas-based Ecoark Holdings, Inc., founded in 2011, is a
diversified holding company.  Through its wholly-owned
subsidiaries, the Company has operations in three areas: (i) oil
and gas, including exploration, production and drilling operations
and transportation services, (ii) post-harvest shelf-life and
freshness food management technology, and (iii) financial services
including consulting, fund administration and asset management.

Ecoark Holdings reported a net loss of $20.89 million for the year
ended March 31, 2021, a net loss of $12.14 million for the year
ended March 31, 2020, and a net loss of $13.65 million for the year
ended March 31, 2019.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company had $45.50
million in total assets, $21.73 million in total liabilities, and
$23.77 million in total stockholders' equity.


ENSIGN DRILLING: Moody's Alters Outlook on Caa1 CFR to Positive
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed all of Ensign Drilling Inc.'s
ratings, including its Caa1 Corporate Family Rating, its Caa1-PD
Probability of Default Rating, and it's Caa2 senior unsecured
rating. At the same time, the outlook was changed to positive from
negative. The speculative grade liquidity (SGL) rating remains
unchanged at SGL-4.

"The change in Ensign's outlook to positive is supported by
favorable industry conditions Moody's expect for drilling rig
operators in 2022" said Jonathan Reid, Moody's analyst.

Affirmations:

Issuer: Ensign Drilling Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed Caa1

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed Caa1-PD

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Caa2 (LGD5)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Ensign Drilling Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Positive From Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Ensign's Caa1 CFR is challenged by: 1) a track record of aggressive
financial policies; and 2) weak liquidity. The company is supported
by: 1) increasing oil and gas drilling activity that will lead to
improved credit metrics and enable Ensign to generate positive free
cash flow in 2022; 2) broad North American diversification in
multiple basins and broad international exposure with a significant
number of rigs in Australia, the Middle East and Latin America; and
3) a high quality drilling rig fleet.

The positive outlook reflects Moody's expectation that the company
will use a large portion of the free cash flow it generates in 2022
to reduce drawings on its revolver, which should improve its
liquidity profile.

Ensign's ESG Credit Impact Score (CIS) is very highly negative at
CIS-5. The company is negatively impacted on its current rating by
its highly negative G issuer profile score, primarily due to the
company's aggressive financial policies including distressed
exchanges and refinancing risk. Potential carbon transition, and
demographic & societal trend risk factors may also lead to greater
future negative credit impact over time, but there is limited
credit impact to date. Beyond carbon transition and demographic &
societal trends, other environmental and social risks have the
potential to cause future credit profile deterioration.

Ensign's liquidity is weak (SGL-4) because the company has minimal
cash on hand, no unused revolver availability on its C$900 million
revolving credit facility due in November 2023, and seasonality in
the company's cash flow. Moody's expects that favorable drilling
industry conditions will enable the company to generate around
C$100 million of free cash flow over the next four quarters. If
Ensign is able to refinance its unsecured notes due in April 2024,
the revolver maturity automatically extends to November 2024.
Ensign should be able to comply with its financial covenants over
the next four quarters, however compliance is tight. Alternative
sources of liquidity are limited principally to the sale of
Ensign's existing drilling rigs and completion and well service
rigs, which are largely encumbered, and market conditions are
unfavorable for such asset sales.

Ensign's senior unsecured notes are rated Caa2, one notch below the
Caa1 CFR, reflecting the C$900 million revolving credit facility
that ranks above the unsecured notes in the company's capital
structure.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if Ensign generates sequential
improvements in EBITDA in an improving industry environment and if
the company materially reduced the drawings on its credit facility
leading to an improved liquidity profile. The ratings could be
downgraded if Ensign's liquidity profile deteriorated.

Ensign Energy Services Inc. is a public Calgary, Alberta-based
provider of land drilling rigs and well servicing. The company owns
a fleet of 306 land drilling rigs globally out of which 136 rigs
are in Canada, 122 in the United States and 48 at various
international locations.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Oilfield
Services published in August 2021.


ENTRUST ENERGY: Shell Blames Entrust for Power Cutoff
-----------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 reports that electricity provider Shell is
asking a Texas bankruptcy court to dismiss a suit from power
retailer Entrust Energy accusing it of sending Entrust into Chapter
11 by breaching a supply agreement in the face of a catastrophic
storm, saying Entrust was the first to breach the contract.

In a filing Monday, February 7, 2022, a pair of Shell entities
argued that they can't be blamed for cutting their electric supply
to Entrust before Texas was hit with storm-induced rolling
blackouts in February 2021, saying Entrust had breached its
contractual duty to lock in sufficient electricity to meet expected
demands.

                     About Entrust Energy

Houston, Texas-based Entrust Energy, Inc. generates, transmits and
distributes electrical energy to homes and businesses.

Entrust Energy and 14 of its affiliates sought Chapter 11
bankruptcy protection (Bankr. S.D. Texas Lead Case No. 21-31070) on
March 30, 2021. At the time of the filing, Entrust Energy disclosed
total assets of between $100 million and $500 million and total
liabilities of between $50 million and $100 million.

Judge Marvin Isgur oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Baker & Hostetler, LLP and Alvarez & Marsal
North America, LLC as their legal counsel and financial advisor,
respectively. BMC Group, Inc., is the claims noticing and
solicitation agent.  

The U.S. Trustee for Region 7 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases on April 28,
2021. McDermott Will & Emery, LLP and FTI Consulting, Inc., serve
as the committee's legal counsel and financial advisor,
respectively.


HANGER INC: Moody's Alters Outlook on B1 CFR to Positive
--------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed Hanger, Inc.'s B1 Corporate
Family Rating, B1-PD Probability of Default Rating, and B1 ratings
of the company's senior secured first lien revolving credit
facility and term loan. The Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating was
upgraded to SGL-1 from SGL-2. The ratings outlook was changed to
positive from stable.

The change in outlook to positive reflects Moody's view that
leverage and credit metrics have improved and will continue to
benefit from the growing demand for Hanger's products and services.
Moody's forecasts debt/EBITDA to be around 4.1x for FYE 2021, and
that leverage will improve below 4.0x by the end of 2022 partially
due to deferred appointments as well as positive changes in
reimbursement, with a 5.1% rate increase implemented by CMS for
2022. Future growth will come from Hanger acquiring existing
clinics in strategic locations or new office openings as the
company continues to gain market share. Profitability and interest
coverage have also rebounded from the pandemic and have returned to
2019 levels. Additionally, risks stemming from Hanger's former
internal control issues have subsided.

The ratings affirmation reflects that while leverage has improved
from the height of the Covid-19 pandemic, it has not been sustained
below 4.0x. Hanger has been focused on resolving its former
internal control issues, and managing volatility through the
pandemic. Moody's expects the company to continue growing the
business while maintaining balanced capital allocations.

The upgrade in the Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating from SGL-2 to
SGL-1 reflects Hanger's improved liquidity profile with $76 million
of cash on the balance sheet as of September 30, 2021, full
availability on its $135 million revolving credit facility and
forecasted positive cash flow generation of roughly $50 million in
2022.

Affirmations:

Issuer: Hanger, Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed at B1

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed at B1-PD

Gtd Senior secured first lien revolving credit facility expiring
2026, Affirmed at B1 (LGD3)

  Gtd Senior secured first lien term loan B due 2025, Affirmed at
B1 (LGD3)

Upgrades:

Issuer: Hanger, Inc.

  Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Upgraded to SGL-1 from SGL-2

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Hanger, Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Positive From Stable

RATING RATIONALE

The B1 Corporate Family Rating reflects Hanger's highly specialized
nature of operations, as well as its moderate financial leverage.
Moody's forecasts Hanger's adjusted debt to EBITDA to improve to
below 4.0x by the end of 2022 due in part to a 5.1% reimbursement
rate increase from CMS. Despite positive rate increases for 2022,
concentration of revenue from the government remains a risk, with
50% of total revenue derived from Medicare and Medicaid.

Hanger benefits from its scale and national footprint relative to
competitors, with about 875 patient care clinics and satellite
locations where it provides customized orthotics and prosthetics to
patients. Moody's expects that Hanger will maintain its market
leading position and will gain from the favorable demand outlook
for the industry.

The rating further reflects the steady, non-cyclical demand of
Hanger's businesses and the strong recurring nature of its
revenues.

The Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating of SGL-1 reflects very good
overall liquidity that Moody's believes will be supported by
Hanger's $76 million of cash on the balance sheet as of September
30, 2021, full availability on its $135 million revolving credit
facility and forecasted positive cash flow generation of roughly
$50 million in 2022.

The positive outlook reflects Moody's expectation that Hanger will
be able to de-lever below 4.0 by the end of 2022 and will further
benefit from positive growth drivers impacting the industry.

The ratings on the debt instruments are affirmed at the B1, the
same as the Corporate Family Rating as the instruments constitute
the vast majority of liabilities in the capital structure. The term
loan and revolver benefit from upstream guarantees from Hanger's
existing and future material domestic subsidiaries.

ESG considerations are material to Hanger's credit profile. Moody's
views Hanger's social risk considerations positively as Hanger
provides products that improve the quality of life for amputees.
That said, like other healthcare providers, Hanger faces some
social risks given the rising concerns around the access and
affordability of healthcare services. From a governance standpoint,
Hanger had previously experienced weaknesses related to its
financial reporting and internal controls. However, the company has
made significant investments to strengthen internal controls and
continues to implement policies and procedures that will help
ensure the timeliness and accuracy of financial reporting going
forward. Moody's no longer views internal controls as an ongoing
concern.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if Hanger materially increases its
scale with debt to EBITDA sustained below 4.0x times. For an
upgrade to be considered, Hanger will also need to improve
profitability and demonstrate prudent financial policies and
balanced capital allocations.

Ratings could be downgraded if operating performance weakens, or if
the company's adjusted debt to EBITDA is sustained above 5.0 times.
The ratings could also be downgraded if liquidity weakens.

Hanger, Inc., headquartered in Austin, TX, is the leading provider
of orthotic and prosthetic patient care services in the US. The
company owns and operates about 875 patient care clinics and
satellite locations in 48 states and the District of Columbia, with
over 1,600 clinicians. The company generated approximately $1.1
billion in annual revenue for the twelve months ended September 30,
2021.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.


HBL SNF: Court Extends Time to File Plan by 60 Days
---------------------------------------------------
Judge Sean H. Lane of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of New York granting HBL SNF, LLC, d/b/a Epic
Rehabilitation and Nursing at White Plains' motion seeking to
extend the time to file a Subchapter V plan of reorganization.

The Debtor seeks an additional 90 days until May 2, 2022, to file
its plan in the Subchapter V case. The ongoing dispute between the
Debtor and its landlord, White Plains Healthcare Properties I, LLC,
concerning the Debtor's lease is one of the main reasons that the
Debtor filed this bankruptcy. That litigation has now been removed
to the Bankruptcy Court, discovery has been conducted, and the
Landlord's motion for summary judgment on the lease issue is
scheduled to be heard on March 24, 2022. The Debtor contends that
resolution of this litigation is critical to the Debtor's ability
to successfully reorganize as the Debtor intends to assume the
lease in this bankruptcy, if possible. Thus, the argument goes,
that Debtor cannot file a meaningful plan of reorganization until a
final determination is made with regards to the termination of the
lease.

Judge Lane finds that the Debtor has satisfied its burden to show
that an extension is appropriate. All parties agree that the status
of the Debtor's lease with the Landlord is a threshold issue that
must be resolved before any reorganization can occur. The parties
differed as to whether discovery would be needed before deciding
the merits of the lease issue and about how long such discovery
should take. After hearing the parties' views on these questions,
the Court entered a schedule for prompt litigation of the complex
questions about the lease, with a short period of time for
discovery and a briefing schedule culminating in a hearing in March
2022. Given that the Court determined the litigation schedule, it
is hard to see how the Debtor could be blamed for unduly delaying
adjudication of the lease issue.

Judge Lane notes that an extension does not unduly prejudice any
party, including the Landlord. The lease litigation was, in fact,
filed by the Landlord and thus the Landlord can hardly complain
that all parties are taking time in the bankruptcy case to resolve
it. While the Landlord would like the schedule for the litigation
to be different, the Court has made its ruling as to what an
appropriate schedule should be. And to the extent the Landlord's
objection reflects a view that an inordinate amount of time has
already elapsed in this case, the Court disagrees. This case was
filed on November 1, 2021, and a first day hearing was held shortly
thereafter. The issue requiring the most time and attention in the
case thus far has been the litigation over the Debtor's motion for
DIP financing. But the contested issue in that motion was who
should receive the rents, a point of contention between Security
Benefit Corporation and the Landlord. As the Debtor's counsel
explained at the final hearing on that motion, the Debtor simply
needed to know who to pay as between Security Benefit and the
Landlord. As that litigation pit the Landlord against Security
Benefit -- rather than the Debtor -- the Court cannot conclude the
Debtor unduly delayed the case to litigate an issue on which the
Debtor was essentially agnostic.

While the Court overrules the Landlord's objection, the Court will
grant the Debtor's Extension Motion only for a period of 60 days,
rather than the requested 90 days. This result is consistent with
the posture of the case, Judge Lane says. A 60-day extension will
push the deadline past the summary judgment hearing on the lease
issue, at which time the parties and the Court can assess the
status of the case and rule on any further extension request, if
necessary. Indeed, this incremental "wait and see" approach is
sometimes used by bankruptcy courts when confronted with contested
requests for an extension of a debtor's exclusivity period under
Section 1121(d) in a tradition Chapter 11 case. This approach is
also consistent with the Debtor's decision to opt to file its
petition under Subchapter V -- and its faster timetable -- rather
than proceeding as a traditional Chapter 11 debtor, Judge Lane
holds.

"But to be clear, the Court's ruling today reflects these practical
considerations, and is not a finding that the Debtor has unduly
delayed proceedings. As such, the Court's ruling today is without
prejudice to a further application by the Debtor for an additional
extension, if appropriate," Judge Lane concludes.

Judge Lane also grants Security Benefit's Motion for Stay Relief.
Security Benefit and the Landlord entered into a number of
agreements beginning in 2017 regarding the construction, financing,
and lease of the facility where the Debtor operates. Security
Benefit alleges that the Landlord has defaulted under these
agreements. Based on that alleged default, Security Benefit now
seeks permission to pursue its remedies against the Landlord in
state court and requests a ruling from this Court that the
automatic stay does not prevent Security Benefit from doing so.
Security Benefit argues that the automatic stay does not apply to
actions against the Landlord because it is not the Debtor and
because Security Benefit does not intend to seek any relief against
the Debtor in state court. To the extent that the Court concludes
the automatic stay does apply to the legal proceedings contemplated
by Security Benefit, Security Benefit seeks alternative relief in
the form of lifting the stay so that Security Benefit can pursue
its remedies against the Landlord.

Notably, the Debtor has not opposed Security Benefit's Motion for
Stay Relief. But the Landlord has. The Landlord argues that any
action taken by Security Benefit against the Landlord will directly
impact the Debtor's property and ability to reorganize. More
specifically, the Landlord contends that lifting the stay will
impact a purchase option that the Debtor has under its lease with
the Landlord. The Landlord also argues that Security Benefit is not
entitled to stay relief under applicable law. The Landlord argues
that, at a minimum, the stay should not be lifted until the lease
termination issue is determined in the adversary proceeding.

The parties' arguments on the Stay Relief Motion must be understood
in the context of their dispute about the rent, Judge Lane points
out. The Debtor planned to pay the rent to Security Benefit, based
on language in the relevant agreements that provides for an
assignment of rents to Security Benefit. The Landlord disagreed,
arguing that it was still entitled to receive the rent because
Security Benefit had not taken sufficient affirmative steps to make
the assignment effective. Notably, the discussion of affirmative
steps centered around whether or not there was a pending
foreclosure proceeding in state court by Security Benefit against
the Landlord and if Security Benefit had taken steps to appoint a
receiver to collect the rents. Ultimately, the Court ruled that
Security Benefit had not taken sufficient affirmative steps to
affect a successful assignment of rent such that Security Benefit
was entitled to the rent. The Court noted, however, that the ruling
was without prejudice to a further application by Security Benefit
if there were changed circumstances. By filing this Motion for Stay
Relief, Security Benefit is essentially asking for permission to
take such affirmative steps now and change the circumstances for
any future request.

Even if the automatic stay somehow would bar the foreclosure action
contemplated by Security Benefit, this Court concludes that
Security Benefit meets the standard for stay relief under Section
362(d)(1) and the applicable factors in Sonnax Indus., Inc. v. Tri
Component Prods. Corp. (In re Sonnax Indus., Inc.), 907 F.2d 1280,
1286 (2d Cir. 1990). As to the first factor, Security Benefit's
contemplated litigation against the Landlord would allow Security
Benefit to resolve its dispute with the Landlord. As to the second
factor, this litigation will not interfere with the bankruptcy case
as Security Benefit will not name the Debtor as a party in that
litigation, nor will it seek to terminate the Debtor's lease. The
prepetition Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement
("SNDA") entered between the three parties provides that the
Debtor's lease would not be affected by the contemplated
foreclosure action to be filed by Security Benefit against the
Landlord. As to the fourth factor, the state courts have the
expertise to handle this type of foreclosure proceeding and, in
fact, are the courts that traditionally handle such disputes. As
for the sixth factor, this litigation will primarily involve third
parties, namely Security Benefit and the Landlord. As to the tenth
factor, judicial economy weighs in favor of granting stay relief
because the state court is an appropriate forum for the foreclosure
to be litigated. Indeed, the contemplated state court action is the
most expeditious and economical way to resolve the dispute between
these two non-debtors. As to the twelfth factor, a consideration of
the harms and the benefits weighs in favor of lifting the stay
because the Debtor will not be affected by the litigation, and
Security Benefit is harmed by its current inability to exercise its
remedies against the Landlord.

A full-text copy of the Memorandum of Decision dated February 1,
2022, is available at https://tinyurl.com/8xwvr4j2 from
Leagle.com.

KLESTADT WINTERS JURELLER SOUTHARD & STEVENS, LLP, By: Tracy L.
Klestadt, Esq. -- tklestadt@klestadt.com -- Christopher J. Reilly,
Esq. -- creilly@klestadt.com -- Stephanie R. Sweeney, Esq. --
ssweeney@klestadt.com -- Counsel for the Debtor, New York, NY.

BINDER & SCHWARTZ LLP, By: Eric B. Fisher, Esq. --
efisher@binderschwartz.com -- Lindsay A. Bush, Esq. --
lbush@binderschwartz.com -- Counsel for the Landlord, New York,
NY.

DLA PIPER LLP (US), By: Rachel Nanes, Esq. --
rachel.nanes@dlapiper.com -- (admitted pro hac vice). Counsel to
Security Benefit, Miami, FL.

                        About HBL SNF, LLC

HBL SNF, LLC d/b/a Epic Rehabilitation and Nursing at White Plains
is a 160-bedroom skilled nursing and rehabilitation facility
located at 120 Church Street, White Plains, New York, which opened
in late 2019.  HBL SNF provides an array of healthcare services,
including neurological, respiratory, orthopedic, occupational,
psychiatric, and many other medical and rehabilitative services.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-22623) on November 1,
2021. In the petition signed by CEO Lizer Jozefovic, the Debtor
disclosed $9,131,311 in total assets and $20,128,876 in total
liabilities.

Judge Sean H. Lane oversees the case.

Klestadt Winters Jureller Southard and Stevens, LLP is the
Debtor's
counsel.

CNH Finance Fund I, L.P, as lender, is represented by Alissa M.
Nann, Esq., at Foley & Lardner LLP.


HEALTHIER CHOICES: Extends CFO's Employment Until 2025
------------------------------------------------------
Healthier Choices Management Corp. entered into a second amended
and restated employment agreement with its chief financial officer,
John Ollet.  

Pursuant to the amendment, Mr. Ollet will continue to be employed
as the company's chief financial officer through Feb. 14, 2025.
Mr. Ollet will receive a base salary of $300,000 for 2022 and his
salary will increase 10% in each subsequent calendar year.

                      About Healthier Choices

Headquartered in Hollywood, Florida, Healthier Choices Management
Corp. -- http://www.healthiercmc.com-- is a holding company
focused on providing consumers with healthier daily choices with
respect to nutrition and other lifestyle alternatives.

Healthier Choices reported a net loss of $3.72 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, a net loss of $2.80 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2019, and a net loss of $13.16 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2018.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company had $36.61
million in total assets, $4.91 million in total liabilities, and
$31.70 million in total stockholders' equity.


HS MIDCO: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR on Security Solutions Acquisitions
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B-' issuer credit rating on
security and infrastructure software provider HS Midco Inc. (doing
business as HelpSystems).

At the same time, S&P affirmed its 'B-' issue-level rating on the
company's revolving credit facility and first-lien term loan
(including the new $555 million fungible first-lien term loan).
S&P's '3' recovery rating remains unchanged.

HelpSystems has announced its acquisition of three security
solutions companies currently under exclusivity. The company will
fund these transactions with a $555 million fungible first-lien
term loan, a $170 million pre-placed fungible second-lien term loan
(private placement, not rated), and $395 million of preferred
equity.

HelpSystems' financial-sponsor owners have remained very aggressive
with its capital structure, leading to sustained high leverage.
Since TA Associates and Charlesbank acquired the majority of the
company's equity in November 2019, it has been acquisitive as it
seeks to transition toward being a security solutions company and
away from its past as an IBM automation software company.
Specifically, HelpSystems has completed 12 debt-funded acquisitions
since November 2019, all of which involved security solutions
companies. This has caused the company to sustain high leverage
because its cybersecurity acquisition targets generally have low
reported EBITDA, which leads to higher purchase multiples.
HelpSystems has also used preferred equity to help fund the last
five transactions. S&P said, "We treat the company's preferred
equity as debt for analytical purposes because it is callable and
the payment-in-kind margin is high, which leads us to believe there
is an incentive for its redemption (possibly using the proceeds
from the new debt), potentially in the third year when it first
becomes first callable. The holders can also force a change in
control in 2031, which would trigger a mandatory redemption."

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects that, while HelpSystems'
leverage will be very high following these transactions, we have
confidence in HelpSystems' business and strategy focused on growing
cybersecurity market. We believe that it can integrate acquisitions
to grow its scale and achieve synergies while keeping its business
operations stable through these acquisitions. We expect
HelpSystems' strong recurring revenue, unadjusted FOCF generation
of over $60 million, above-average EBITDA margins, and greater than
$100 million of liquidity will enable it to deleverage and maintain
a sustainable capital structure over the next couple of years.

"We could downgrade HelpSystems over the next 12 months if it
underperforms its cost-savings plan due to problems related to the
integration of its acquisitions, weak customer demand due to
competitive pressures, or macroeconomic headwinds from COVID-19
such that its FOCF is approaching breakeven after debt service. We
could also downgrade the company if it engages in further
debt-funded acquisitions or shareholder returns that increase its
leverage.

"While unlikely over the next 12 months, we could upgrade
HelpSystems if it sustains leverage of below 7x after incorporating
its debt-funded acquisitions or shareholder returns. However, we
believe that its financial-sponsor owners would rather use its
capital structure to fund acquisitions that improve its scale."

ESG credit indicators: E-2 S-2 G-3

S&P said, "Governance factors are a moderately negative
consideration in our credit rating analysis of HelpSystems, as is
the case for most rated entities owned by private-equity sponsors.
We believe the company's highly leveraged financial risk profile
points to corporate decision-making that prioritizes the interests
of its controlling owners. This also reflects private-equity
owners' generally finite holding periods and focus on maximizing
shareholder returns."



HS PURCHASER: Moody's Affirms 'B3' CFR; Outlook Remains Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed HS Purchaser, LLC's
("HelpSystems") B3 Corporate Family Rating and B3-PD Probability of
Default Rating. Moody's also affirmed the B2 ratings on the
company's first lien bank credit facilities which will be upsized
by $555 million. The outlook remains stable.

The affirmations follow HelpSystems' planned acquisition of three
cybersecurity and data security software businesses for
approximately $1,095 million. The proceeds from the $555 million
incremental first lien issuance, along with a $170 million
incremental second lien term loan (unrated), and incremental $395
million of PIK preferred equity into the business by its private
equity sponsors and its co-investors will be used to fund the
acquisitions and pay associated fees and expenses.

The affirmation of HelpSystems' ratings reflects the company's
strong track record of profitably integrating acquired businesses
and gradually reducing leverage. Moody's expects the acquisition
targets will bolster HelpSystems' security product portfolio,
supplement revenue growth and provide opportunities for cost
rationalization over the next 12-18 months. However, two of the
larger acquisitions come with some risks as the businesses being
acquired have reported flat to declining revenues over the last few
years. The acquisitions bring complementary cyber security tools
and provide adjacencies to HelpSystems' broad portfolio of security
offerings. Two of the three targets provide managed detection and
response (MDR), security configuration management (SCM) and file
integrity management (FIM) solutions. The third target provides
security awareness training and phishing simulation.

Affirmations:

Issuer: HS Purchaser, LLC

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed B3

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed B3-PD

Senior Secured Bank Credit Facility, Affirmed B2 (LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: HS Purchaser, LLC

Outlook, Remains Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B3 CFR reflects HelpSystems' highly leveraged capital structure
following the incremental issuance and its moderate operating scale
with pro forma revenues around $800 million, and acquisition driven
growth strategy which can result in leverage remaining persistently
high. These challenges are offset to some degree by the company's
highly recurring subscription and maintenance revenue streams which
drive consistent EBITDA and free cash flow ("FCF") generation.
Moody's adjusted pro forma 2021 Debt to EBITDA leverage, with run
rate adjustments for acquisition synergies and one time transaction
costs, is around 8.5x but is closer to 11x before those
adjustments. HelpSystems is expected to generate FCF to gross debt
in the low single digit percent range over the next 12-18 months.

HelpSystems' very strong customer retention rates lend visibility
into the company's revenue streams, of which approximately 84% were
derived from high-margin, recurring maintenance support and
subscription contracts as of 2021. Though the company is smaller in
scale than some of its larger competitors in the security and IT
operations management (ITOM) software tools markets, HelpSystems
has maintained a strong niche position serving users of the IBMi
computing platform as well as hybrid and distributed IT
environments. While the IBMi market is expected to be flat to
modestly down over time, HelpSystems has continued to expand into
the cybersecurity market across environments and products. The
company also continues to develop its ITOM products and expand into
international markets.

Governance risks and financial policies are key considerations
given its private-equity ownership and heightened acquisition
activity. Moody's expects HelpSystems will remain active and pursue
tuck-in acquisitions to support its strategic growth plan. Moody's
also anticipates that under private equity ownership, the company
will maintain an aggressive financial strategy as evidenced by
numerous debt-funded acquisition and shareholder return activities.
Moreover, given the existence of preferred shares in the capital
structure, Moody's believe that the company may opt to issue debt
in the future to redeem the preferred shares in order to reduce
equity dilution.

HelpSystems' liquidity is considered good, supported by
expectations for annual FCF generation around $50 million, access
to a $60 million undrawn revolving credit facility, and an expected
cash balance of about $58 million at the close of the transaction.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that HelpSystems
will reduce cash adjusted leverage below 8x over the next 12-18
months and will generate FCF to debt in the low to mid-single digit
percent range.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if debt reduction, combined with
sustained earnings growth leads to a material improvement in
HelpSystem's credit metrics such that debt to EBITDA is sustained
below 6.5x and FCF to debt levels were sustained above 5%.

Ratings could be downgraded if HelpSystems' cash adjusted leverage
exceeds 8x on other than a temporary basis or if FCF to debt were
expected to be negative as a result of competitive pressures,
market declines, debt financed M&A or shareholder return activity.

HelpSystems, based in Eden Prairie, Minnesota is a horizontal
application and infrastructure software solutions provider for both
distributed and IBMi computing environments. The company is
majority owned by funds affiliated with TA Associates and Harvest
Partners, with minority stakes held by funds affiliated with HGGC
and Charlesbank and HelpSystems' management team.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Software
Industry published in August 2018.


INDY RAIL: Continued Operations to Fund Plan Payments
-----------------------------------------------------
Indy Rail Connection, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of Indiana a Combined Small Business
Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization and Disclosure Statement dated
Feb. 3, 2022.

The Debtor was formed by its principal Steve Patton in May, 2000,
to operate a railcar and related equipment recovery and sales
business.

Based on the relationship with its primary customer, the Debtor
came into the case with work to do but very little accounts
receivable. Since it is essentially a broker of deals with very
little overhead the Debtor had sufficient working capital to
execute the work it had and has operated profitably post-petition.
Going forward operations will leverage the existing relationship
with the customer which is reliable and appears to support a
reorganization plan.

Cash generated by ongoing operations shall first be used to fund
administrative expenses, including professional and case Trustee
fees and expenses. The Plan pays priority claims in accordance with
the treatment allowed under the Code. After satisfaction of these
claims, general unsecured creditors shall be paid pro rata out of
all remaining Plan payments.

The Plan shall last for 35 months following the first payment made
under it, which is due within 30 days of the date the Confirmation
Order becomes a Final Order.

Class 2 Secured Claims Including Deficiency Claims of Under Secured
Creditors. IRS is the primary secured creditor under the Plan and
its secured and priority claims are paid in full as indicated in
the Projection. IRS shall release its liens upon receipt of such
payment. Huntington Bank has a claim that is secured by the hard
assets of the Debtor listed with a value of $4,415. The Debtor
agreed to pay adequate protection to Huntington Bank in the amount
of $5,000 to fully satisfy the Huntington Bank secured claim, which
payment shall continue under the Plan until paid in full.
Huntington shall release its liens upon receipt of such payment.

Class 3 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Claims which claims
shall receive a pro rata payment Plan up to the full amount of the
allowed claim of such creditor. Such claims shall be allowed,
settled, compromised, satisfied and paid by an annual distribution
of 100% of the net profits of the Debtor for the preceding year
calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles for the term of the Plan and net of taxes paid under
superior classes, commencing one year after the Effective Date.

In order for creditors and the Subchapter V Trustee to monitor the
progress of the Debtor toward such payment the Debtor shall submit
a profit and loss statement 12 quarters following confirmation of
the Plan to the Subchapter V Trustee. Class 3 is impaired and is
entitled to vote on the Plan.

Class 4 consists of the Equity Interests, which interests shall be
retained by existing shareholders.

Debtor shall continue to operate its business in accordance with
the projection of income, expense and cash flow, and shall pay its
net after tax cash profit to satisfy creditor claims.

A full-text copy of the Combined Plan and Disclosure Statement
dated Feb. 3, 2022, is available at https://bit.ly/3LchjK1 from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Attorney for the Debtor:
   
     KC Cohen, Esq.
     KC Cohen, Lawyer, PC
     151 N. Delaware St., Ste. 1106
     Indianapolis, IN 46204-2573
     Telephone: (317) 715-1845
     Email: kc@smallbusiness11.com

                   Indy Rail Connection Inc.

Indy Rail Connection, Inc. operates a business that offers the
railroad industry safe and responsive mobile dismantling and
component inspection services. It is related to Patton Mobile
Dismantling, which is owned and controlled by Steve Patton.

Indy Rail Connection filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 21-05022-JMC-11) on Nov. 5, 2021,
listing up to $50,000 in assets and up to $1 million in
liabilities.  Steven H. Patton, president of Indy Rail Connection,
signed the petition.  

Judge James M. Carr oversees the case.

KC Cohen, Esq., at KC Cohen, Lawyer, PC is the Debtor's legal
counsel.  


INTELLIPHARMACEUTICS INT'L: Shareholders Elect Five Directors
-------------------------------------------------------------
Intellipharmaceutics International Inc. reported, as required by
TSX rules, that the five nominees, each of whom was an incumbent
director of the Company identified in the Management Information
Circular dated Dec. 21, 2021, were elected as directors of the
Company at the annual meeting of shareholders of the Company held
on Feb. 4, 2022.  The newly elected directors are:

   * Dr. Isa Odidi
   * Dr. Amina Odidi
   * Bahadur Madhani
   * Norman Betts
   * Shawn Graham

The five nominees were elected as directors of the Company to serve
until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their
successors are elected or appointed.

MNP LLP was reappointed auditor of the Company until the next
annual meeting of shareholders and the directors were authorized to
fix the remuneration to be paid to the auditor.

As proposed in the Circular, the shareholders ratified the special
resolution to approve all the unallocated options, rights and
entitlements under the Company's stock option plan as more
particularly described in the Management Proxy Circular for the
meeting.

                        About Intellipharmaceutics

Intellipharmaceutics International Inc. is a pharmaceutical company
specializing in the research, development and manufacture of novel
and generic controlled-release and targeted-release oral solid
dosage drugs.  The Company's patented Hypermatrix technology is a
multidimensional controlled-release drug delivery platform that can
be applied to a wide range of existing and new pharmaceuticals.
Intellipharmaceutics has developed several drug delivery systems
based on this technology platform, with a pipeline of products
(some of which have received FDA approval) in various stages of
development.  The Company has ANDA and NDA 505(b)(2) drug product
candidates in its development pipeline.  These include the
Company's abuse-deterrent oxycodone hydrochloride extended release
formulation ("Oxycodone ER") based on its proprietary nPODDDS novel
Point Of Divergence Drug Delivery System (for which an NDA has been
filed with the FDA), and Regabatin XR (pregabalin extended-release
capsules).

Intellipharmaceutics reported a net loss and comprehensive loss of
$3.39 million for the year ended Nov. 30, 2020, compared to a net
loss and comprehensive loss of $8.08 million for the year ended
November 30, 2019.  As of Aug. 31, 2021, the Company had $3.46
million in total assets, $9.62 million in total liabilities, and a
shareholders' deficiency of $6.17 million.

Toronto, Canada-based MNP LLP, the Company's auditor since 2016,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated Feb. 28,
2021, citing that the Company has suffered recurring losses from
operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.


INTELSAT SA: No Delay For Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Exit
----------------------------------------------------
Advanced Television reports that the trial between SES and Intelsat
over how the FCC's C-band 'incentive payments' are being
distributed opens on February 7th.  

The court has set aside up to two weeks for the hearings before
Intelsat's Chapter 11 bankruptcy judge Keith Phillips.  However, in
the first week of February 2022 the judge delayed an element of the
trial dispute revolving around a witness requested by Intelsat (Mr
James Murray) who would be arguing that any damages claim by SES be
reduced. The judge ruled that Murray's evidence can be delayed in
order to be deposed by SES and for SES to themselves draw a new
witness who would challenge the Murray evidence.

Despite this delay -- and SES insiders say they no timetable yet
for the delayed hearing -- which in any event will finally depend
on the availability of court time and the parties themselves.  SES,
and other experts following the overall cases do not anticipate the
further legal maneuvers delaying Intelsat's exit from bankruptcy.

February 8, 2022 will see Intelsat hold a virtual Extraordinary
General Meeting in Luxembourg where it will call on shareholders to
vote to support and "Approve the sale and transfer of the entire
issued share capital of Intelsat Holdings SA ("Holdings"), being an
indirect subsidiary of the Company, by Intelsat Investment Holdings
Sàrl ("Investment Holdings"), being a direct wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, to Intelsat Emergence SA, a joint stock
company (societe anonyme) ("New Topco").

Existing directors will resign, and new directors appointed.
Fifty-seven quadrillion new shares will be issued
(57,229,268,495,000,000).

                    About Intelsat S.A.

Intelsat S.A. -- http://www.intelsat.com/-- is a publicly held
operator of satellite services businesses, which provides a diverse
array of communications services to a wide variety of clients,
including media companies, telecommunication operators, internet
service providers, and data networking service providers. The
Company is also a provider of commercial satellite communication
services to the U.S. government and other select military
organizations and their contractors. The Company's administrative
headquarters are in McLean, Virginia, and the Company has extensive
operations spanning across the United States, Europe, South
America, Africa, the Middle East, and Asia.

Intelsat S.A. and its debtor-affiliates concurrently filed
voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. E.D. Va. Lead Case No. 20-32299) on May 13, 2020. The
petitions were signed by David Tolley, executive vice president,
chief financial officer, and co-chief restructuring officer.  At
the time of the filing, the Debtors disclosed total assets of
$11,651,558,000 and total liabilities of $16,805,844,000 as of
April 1, 2020.

Judge Keith L. Phillips oversees the cases.   

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Kutak Rock LLP as legal
counsel; Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC as restructuring
advisor; PJT Partners LP as financial advisor & investment banker;
Deloitte LLP as tax advisor; and Deloitte Financial Advisory
Services LLP as fresh start accounting services provider.  Stretto
is the claims and noticing agent.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed a committee of unsecured
creditors on May 27, 2020. The committee tapped Milbank LLP and
Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP as legal counsel; FTI Consulting, Inc., as
financial advisor; Moelis & Company LLC as investment banker; Bonn
Steichen & Partners as special counsel; and Prime Clerk LLC as
information agent.


ION GEOPHYSICAL: Falls Short of NYSE's Bid Price Requirement
------------------------------------------------------------
ION Geophysical Corporation received notice on Jan. 31, 2022 from
the New York Stock Exchange that the price of its common stock fell
below the NYSE's continued listing standards.  

The NYSE requires the average closing price of a listed company's
common stock remain above $1.00 per share over a consecutive 30
trading-day period.  As of Jan. 28, 2022, the 30 trading-day period
average closing price of the Company's common stock was $0.94 per
share.  

In accordance with NYSE rules, the Company must notify the NYSE
within 10 business days of receipt of the notification with its
intent to cure the deficiency.  The Company has six months to
regain compliance with the NYSE continued listing requirements.
During the six-month period, the Company's common stock will
continue to be listed and traded on the NYSE, subject to compliance
with other continued listing standards.  The deficiency does not
affect the Company's ongoing business operations or its SEC
reporting requirements.

                    About ION Geophysical Corp.

Headquartered in Houston, Texas, ION (NYSE: IO) --
http://www.iongeo.com/-- is an innovative, asset light global
technology company that delivers powerful data-driven
decision-making offerings to offshore energy, ports and defense
industries.  The Company is entering a fourth industrial revolution
where technology is fundamentally changing how decisions are made.
The Company provides its services and products through two business
segments -- E&P Technology & Services and Operations Optimization.


ION Geophysical reported a net loss of $37.11 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $47.21 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company
had $190.91 million in total assets, $256.07 million in total
liabilities, and a total deficit of $65.17 million.

Houston, Texas-based Grant Thornton LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2014, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated Feb. 11, 2021, citing that as of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company
had outstanding $120.6 million aggregate principal amount of its
9.125% Senior Secured Second Priority Notes, which mature on Dec.
15, 2021.  The Notes, classified as current liabilities, caused the
Company's current liabilities to exceed its current assets by
$150.9 million and its total liabilities exceed its total assets by
$71.1 million.  These conditions, along with other matters, raise
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.

                            *    *    *

As reported by the TCR on Jan. 6, 2022, S&P Global Ratings lowered
its issuer credit rating on U.S.-based marine seismic data company
ION Geophysical Corp. to 'D' from CCC'.  S&P said the downgrade
reflects ION Geophysical's missed interest and principal payments
on its 8% senior secured notes due 2025 and its 9.125% unsecured
notes due 2021.


JAB ENERGY: Committee Seeks Approval to Hire Financial Advisor
--------------------------------------------------------------
The official committee of unsecured creditors of JAB Energy
Solutions II, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Delaware to hire Matthews, Cutrer and Lindsay, P.A.
as its financial advisor.

The firm's services include:

     (a) assisting in the review of financial-related disclosures
required by the court, including schedules of assets and
liabilities, statement of financial affairs and monthly operating
reports;

     (b) assisting in the preparation of analyses required to
assess any proposed amendments to debtor-in-possession financing or
use of cash collateral;

     (c) assisting in the assessment and monitoring of the Debtor's
short-term cash flow, liquidity, and collection efforts on accounts
receivable;

     (d) assisting in the review of the Debtor's analysis of assets
and their disposition or liquidation;

     (e) assisting in the review of the Debtor's cost/benefit
analysis with respect to the potential affirmation or rejection of
various executory contracts and leases;

     (f) assisting in the review of the claims reconciliation and
estimation process;

     (g) assisting in the review of other financial information
prepared by the Debtor;

     (h) attending meetings and assisting the committee in
discussions with the Debtor and other parties in interest;

     (i) assisting in the review or preparation of information and
analysis necessary for the confirmation of a Chapter 11 plan and
related disclosure statement;

     (j) assisting in the evaluation and analysis of avoidance
actions, including fraudulent conveyances and preferential
transfers;

     (k) assisting in the prosecution of committee responses or
objections to the Debtor's motions, including attendance at
depositions and provision of expert reports and testimony on case
issues; and

     (l) providing other general business consulting advice or
assistance as the committee or its legal counsel may deem
necessary.

The firm will be paid a fixed fee of $5,000.

H. Kenneth Lefoldt, Jr., the firm's accountant who will be
providing the services, disclosed in a court filing that he is a
"disinterested person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     H. Kenneth Lefoldt, Jr., CPA
     Matthews, Cutrer and Lindsay, P.A.
     1020 Highland Colony Parkway, Suite 500
     Ridgeland, MS  39157
     Tel.:(601) 898-8875
     Email: mcl@mclcpa.net

                   About JAB Energy Solutions II

JAB Energy Solutions II, LLC -- http://jabenergysolutions.com/--
is an EPIC (Engineering, Procurement, Installation & Commissioning)
specialist providing comprehensive project management services for
decommissioning, abandonment, construction and installation of
offshore and onshore oil and gas facilities, platforms and
pipelines. Based in Houston, with offices in Lake Charles, La., JAB
Energy Solutions serves major and independent energy companies
worldwide.

JAB Energy Solutions filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-11226) on Sept. 7, 2021, listing as
much as $50 million in both assets and liabilities.  

Judge Craig T. Goldblatt oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones, LLP as legal
counsel and Traverse, LLC as restructuring advisor. Albert Altro,
the founder of Traverse, serves as the Debtor's chief restructuring
officer.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Debtor's Chapter 11 case. The
committee tapped Lugenbuhl, Wheaton, Peck, Rankin & Hubbard and
Joyce, LLC as legal counsel and Matthews, Cutrer and Lindsay, P.A.
as financial advisor.


JOHNSON & JOHNSON: Sen. Whitehouse Slams Texas 'Two-Step'
---------------------------------------------------------
James Nani of Bloomberg Law reports that Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse
(D-R.I.) plans to pursue bankruptcy law changes to rein in a
corporate bankruptcy strategy used by Johnson & Johnson that he
called an abuse of Chapter 11.

Senator Whitehouse, who chairs the Senate Judiciary Subcommittee on
Federal Courts, Oversight, Agency Action, and Federal Rights,
slammed the technique known as the "Texas two-step" during a
hearing Tuesday, calling it a "blot" on the legal system.

The legal strategy, based on Texas law, allows corporations to
split off a subsidiary in a "reverse merger," transfer mass tort or
other liabilities to that subsidiary, and then place the unit into
bankruptcy.

                     About LTL Management

LTL Management, LLC, is a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson (J&J),
which was formed to manage and defend thousands of talc-related
claims and oversee the operations of Royalty A&M. Royalty A&M owns
a portfolio of royalty revenue streams, including royalty revenue
streams based on third-party sales of LACTAID, MYLANTA/MYLICON and
ROGAINE products.

LTL Management filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
W.D.N.C. Case No. 21-30589) on Oct. 14, 2021.  The case was
transferred to New Jersey (Bankr. D. N.J. Case No. 21-30589) on
Nov. 16, 2021.  The Hon. Michael B. Kaplan is the case judge.  At
the time of the filing, the Debtor was estimated to have $1 billion
to $10 billion in both assets and liabilities.

The Debtor tapped Jones Day and Rayburn Cooper & Durham, P.A., as
bankruptcy counsel; King & Spalding, LLP and Shook, Hardy & Bacon
LLP as special counsel; McCarter & English, LLP as litigation
consultant; Bates White, LLC as financial consultant; and
AlixPartners, LLP as restructuring advisor.  Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC, is the claims agent.

An official committee of talc claimants was formed in the Debtor's
Chapter 11 case on Nov. 9, 2021.  On Dec. 24, 2021, the U.S.
Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 reconstituted the talc claimants'
committee and appointed two separate committees: (i) the official
committee of talc claimants I, which represents ovarian cancer
claimants, and (ii) the official committee of talc claimants II,
which represents mesothelioma claimants.

The official committee of talc claimants I tapped Genova Burns LLC,
Brown Rudnick LLP, Otterbourg PC and Parkins Lee & Rubio LLP as its
legal counsel.  Meanwhile, the official committee of talc claimants
II is represented by the law firms of Cooley LLP, Bailey Glasser
LLP, Waldrep Wall Babcock & Bailey PLLC, Massey & Gail LLP, and
Sherman Silverstein Kohl Rose & Podolsky P.A.

                     About Johnson & Johnson

Johnson & Johnson is an American multinational corporation founded
in 1886 that develops medical devices, pharmaceuticals, and
consumer packaged goods. It is the world's largest and most broadly
based healthcare company.

Johnson & Johnson is headquartered in New Brunswick, New Jersey,
the consumer division being located in Skillman, New Jersey.  The
corporation includes some 250 subsidiary companies with operations
in 60 countries and products sold in over 175 countries.

The corporation had worldwide sales of $82.6 billion in 2020.


JPA NO. 111: FitzWalter Loses Bid to Dismiss Chapter 11 Cases
-------------------------------------------------------------
FitzWalter Capital Partners (Financial Trading) Limited filed a
motion to dismiss the jointly administered, single-debtor
bankruptcy cases of JPA No. 111 Co., Ltd., and JPA No. 49 Co.,
Ltd.

Each Debtor is wholly-owned and controlled by the same parent, JP
Lease Products & Services Co. Ltd., a Japanese company. Each Debtor
purchased and owned one Airbus A350-941 aircraft, which each Debtor
indirectly leased (through an intermediate lessee-lessor entity) to
Vietnam Airlines. Each Debtor's cash flow sharply decreased along
with the collapse of air travel during the COVID-19 pandemic. In
December 2021, FitzWalter, which had only recently acquired
substantial amounts of JPA debt and assumed the role of "Security
Agent" under the relevant financing agreements, began seeking
foreclosure remedies in England as to JPA's contractual
entitlements known as "Lease Assets"; FitzWalter has not commenced
foreclosure proceedings against the airplanes themselves. Upon
discovering FitzWalter's foreclosure attempt, the Debtors filed
Chapter 11 bankruptcy petitions in the United States Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of New York.

FitzWalter's Motion asserts three grounds for dismissal:

   1. Each Debtor lacks any legally meaningful ties to the United
States and therefore may not be a debtor in a U.S. bankruptcy
proceeding under 11 U.S.C. Section 109;

   2. The petitions were filed in bad faith as improper efforts to
forestall legitimate and contractually specified foreclosure
remedies available to FitzWalter, warranting dismissal pursuant to
11 U.S.C. Section 1112(b); and

   3. Alternatively, the Court should abstain under 11 U.S.C.
Section 305(a)(1).

The Debtors oppose, supported by their parent JPL and by two
holders of secured debt.  They argue that FitzWalter is engaging in
value-destructive enforcement efforts that will fail to compensate
or satisfy the entitlements of other holders of debt, unsecured
creditors, and equity holders, notwithstanding that a full-payment
outcome can be achieved by selling Debtors' assets under the
auspices of the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases.

Bankruptcy Judge David S. Jones denies the Motion, finding that
each Debtor satisfies the eligibility requirements of section 109
because each owns "property" in the United States in the form of an
interest in a retainer deposit held in the bank account of the
Debtors' counsel. And, having considered substantial briefing,
written evidence, and testimony during an all-day evidentiary
hearing conducted on January 26, the Court concludes the Debtors
are in good faith using Chapter 11 processes to attempt to maximize
creditor (and potentially equity holder) recoveries through a
contemplated Section 363 sale to an already-identified stalking
horse bidder, subject to higher and better offers, in the face of
an unwanted effort by FitzWalter to pursue a fast-track foreclosure
and sale of a subset of each Debtor's assets that the Debtors and
supporting parties believe is unlikely to maximize recoveries of
all creditors and parties in interest.

According to Judge Jones, FitzWalter rightly emphasizes that many
of the so-called C-TC factors that courts use to assess whether a
filing was made in bad faith point in favor of dismissal, but the
overall circumstances here do not demonstrate a bad-faith effort to
improperly delay and frustrate the legitimate expectations of a
secured creditor.

A full-text copy of the Memorandum of Decision and Order dated
February 1, 2022, is available at https://tinyurl.com/429rmwcu from
Leagle.com.

QUINN EMANUEL URQUHART & SULLIVAN, LLP, Eric Winston, Esq. --
ericwinston@quinnemanuel.com -- Justin Griffin, Esq. --
justingriffin@quinnemanuel.com -- New York, NY, Counsel for
FitzWalter Capital Partners (Financial Trading) Limited.

TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP, Kyle J. Ortiz, Esq. , Jared Borriello,
Esq. -- jborriello@teamtogut.com -- John McClain, Esq. --
jmcclain@teamtogut.com -- New York, NY, Counsel for Debtors.

VEDDER PRICE, Michael J. Edelman, Esq. -- mjedelman@vedderprice.com
-- New York, NY, Counsel for JP Lease Products and Services Company
Limited.

SQUIRE PATTON BOGGS (US) LLP, Christopher J. Giaimo, Esq. --
christopher.giaimo@squirepb.com -- Washington, DC, Counsel for
Mizuho Leasing.

CLIFFORD CHANCE US LLP, Robert Johnson, Esq. , New York, NY,
Counsel for Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank, Limited.

              About JPA No. 111 and JPA No. 49

Tokyo-based JPA No. 111 Co., Ltd., and its subsidiary JPA No. 49
Co., Ltd., filed a Chapter 11 Petition (Bankr. S.D.N.Y., Case No.
21-12075) on December 17, 2021.  The Debtors are special purpose
vehicles wholly owned by JP Lease Products & Services Co. Ltd.,
which offers financial services based on a financial scheme
combining the borrowings from financial institutions and funds to
manage valuable assets including aircraft, ships, containers for
maritime transportation, and solar power generation equipment,
which is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of JIA. JIA, in turn,
creates and sells unique financial instruments to investors that
consist of small and medium enterprises in Japan through a network
of financial institutions, including banks and securities
companies, and tax and accounting firms.

The case is assigned to Hon. David S. Jones.

The Debtor's counsel is Kyle J. Ortiz, Esq., Bryan M. Kotliar,
Esq., Amy M. Oden, Esq., and Amanda C. Glaubach, Esq., at Togut,
Segal & Segal LLP, in New York.
The Debtors had estimated liabilities of $100 million to $500
million.

The petition was signed by Teiji Ishikawa, representative director.


LAPEER AVIATION: LAI Unsecureds to Get Share of Income for 5 Years
------------------------------------------------------------------
Lapeer Aviation, Inc., and with its related debtor entity CG
Acquisitions, L.L.C. filed with the U.s. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan a Plan of Reorganization under
Subchapter V dated Feb. 3, 2022.

Since 1997, LAI has operated an FBO at the D95 airport in Mayfield
Township, Michigan.  All of the shares of LAI were purchased by CG
on or about June 22, 2018.  Since that date, the current member of
CG Gene Kopczyk has been involved with FBO operations.

On Dec. 26, 2018, Creditor Carl Jennings filed a lawsuit against
LAI alleging that LAI owed him certain sums as a result of an
alleged contract which allegedly existed prior to the acquisition
of the LAI shares by CG. The attorney fees associated with the
various state court cases which Debtors were a party to and the
effects of the interference of Mr. Jennings and other parties
ultimately overwhelmed the Debtors, causing them to become
insolvent. As a result, the Debtors filed petitions for relief
under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

The Plan Proponent's financial projections show that the Debtors
will have projected disposable income of $154,207.00 for LAI. The
final Plan payment is expected to be paid on or about March 31,
2027.

This Plan proposes to pay Creditors of the Debtor LAI from the
Debtors' cash flow from operations and future income. The Plan also
provides for the structured dismissal of the case filed by CG.

The Plan will treat claims as follows:

     * Class I shall consist of the holders of Allowed Unsecured
Claims against LAI. Each Holder of Class I Claims shall receive a
Pro Rata distribution attributable to its Allowed General Unsecured
Claim based on quarterly payments each year by the Debtor from the
Debtor's Projected Disposable Income for a period of 5 years. The
first payment shall be the first day of the month at the beginning
of the second calendar quarter after the Effective Date. Such
payments shall continue to be made quarterly on the first day of
each calendar quarter thereafter for a period of 5 years from the
first payment. Each quarterly payment shall total $7,710.00, to be
divided Pro Rata.

     * Class II shall consist of the Cure Claim of Mayfield
Township against LAI, to the extent that one exists. Debtors intend
to assume all of the executory contracts with Mayfield Township.
Debtors do not believe that any Cure Claim exists. To the extent
that a Cure Claim filed by Mayfield Township is allowed, Debtors
will first offset the amounts owed to Debtors by Mayfield Township.
Debtors will then pay the entire remaining balance of the allowed
Cure Claim in 12 equal monthly installments commencing 60 days
after the Effective Date.

     * Class III consists of the Claim of CG against LAI. CG will
not receive any distribution.

     * Class IV consists of the Claims of Interest in LAI. Holders
of Allowed Interests shall retain their Allowed Interests in the
Debtor and Reorganized Debtor. There is no distribution on account
of Allowed Interests. For the avoidance of doubt, neither
Christopher Lewis nor Carl Jennings holds an Allowed Interest in
Debtor LAI. Accordingly, Christopher Lewis and Carl Jennings have
no interest in Debtor and shall have no interest in the Reorganized
Debtor.

     * Class V shall consist of all General Unsecured Creditors of
CG. There shall be no distribution to Class V, as there are no
funds available for distribution.

     * Class VII consists of any Claims of Interest in CG held by
Christopher Lewis. This is a Disputed Claim of Interest. The Court
has determined that Christopher Lewis has no interest in CG.
Accordingly, Christopher Lewis has no interest in Debtor and shall
have no interest in the Reorganized Debtor.

     * Class VIII consists of any Claims of Interest in CG held by
Carl Jennings. This is a Disputed Claim of Interest. The Disputed
Claim of Interest held by Carl Jennings shall be extinguished as
follows. Gene Kopczyk shall pay to Debtor LAI the sum of $15,000.00
as an equity infusion. Debtor LAI shall cause this $15,000.00 to be
immediately deposited in the Client Trust Account of Winegarden,
Haley, Lindholm, Tucker and Himelhoch P.L.C. These funds shall be
held in the Client Trust Account, where they shall bear no
interest, until the claims of Debtors against Carl Jennings are
fully resolved.

The Reorganized Debtor LAI will retain control of and be
responsible for all of Debtor's activities pursuant to this Plan
after the Effective Date. Funding for the administration of the
bankruptcy estates and of this Plan and for the actions necessary
shall come from funds on hand.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated Feb. 3, 2022,
is available at https://bit.ly/3HxN8uJ from PacerMonitor.com at no
charge.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     John R. Tucker, Esq.
     Winegarden, Haley, Lindholm, Tucker & Himelhoch, PLC
     9460 S. Saginaw Road, Suite A
     Grand Blanc, MI 48439
     Telephone: (810) 579-3600
     Email: jtucker@winegarden-law.com

                       About Lapeer Aviation

Lapeer Aviation, Inc. filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Mich. Case No.
21-31500) on Nov. 5, 2021, listing under $1 million in both assets
and liabilities.  Gene Kopczyk, president, signed the petition.
Judge Joel D. Applebaum oversees the case.  Winegarden, Haley,
Lindholm, Tucker & Himelhoch, PLC, serves as the Debtor's legal
counsel.


LATAM AIRLINES: Keeps Exclusive Right to Propose Plan
-----------------------------------------------------
Jeremy Hill of Bloomberg News reports that U.S. Bankruptcy Judge
James Garrity on Tuesday said Latam Airlines Group SA will keep the
exclusive right to pursue a restructuring plan of its choosing,
overruling a key group of low-ranking creditors who wanted to open
the process to competing proposals.

Under U.S. bankruptcy rules, companies in Chapter 11 protection
have the sole right to craft and formally propose turnaround plans
unless a judge strips them of that right.  Lawyers for Latam
Airlines' official committee of unsecured creditors asked Judge
Garrity to take that right from the Chilean carrier.

LATAM Airlines has proposed a Plan of Reorganization that
contemplates, among other things, the issuance of new common stock,
representing approximately US$800 million.  This stock will be
offered to all of the airline's shareholders.

Delta, Qatar, the Cueto Group, and the Eblen Group have agreed to
backstop up to US$400 million of new common stock.  Evercore has
agreed to backstop the remaining US$400 million and will be paid a
20% back-stop fee.  Evercore will also backstop $3.269 billion from
the New Convertible Notes Class C offered to unsecured creditors.

The Creditors' Committee has raised objections to the Plan and
votes solicitation process.

                    About LATAM Airlines Group

LATAM Airlines Group S.A. -- http://www.latam.com/-- is a
pan-Latin American airline holding company involved in the
transportation of passengers and cargo and operates as one unified
business enterprise. It is the largest passenger airline in South
America.

Before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, LATAM offered passenger
transport services to 145 different destinations in 26 countries,
including domestic flights in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia,
Ecuador and Peru, and international services within Latin America
as well as to Europe, the United States, the Caribbean, Oceania,
Asia and Africa.

LATAM and its 28 affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No. 20-11254) on May 25, 2020. Affiliates in
Chile, Peru, Colombia, Ecuador and the United States are part of
the Chapter 11 filing.

The Debtors disclosed $21,087,806,000 in total assets and
$17,958,629,000 in total liabilities as of Dec. 31, 2019.

The Hon. James L. Garrity, Jr., is the case judge.

The Debtors tapped Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP as
bankruptcy counsel, FTI Consulting as restructuring advisor, Lee
Brock Camargo Advogados as local Brazilian litigation counsel, and
Togut, Segal & Segal LLP and Claro & Cia in Chile as special
counsel.  The Boston Consulting Group, Inc. and The Boston
Consulting Group UK LLP serve as the Debtors' strategic advisors.
Prime Clerk LLC is the claims agent.

The official committee of unsecured creditors formed in the case
tapped Dechert LLP as its bankruptcy counsel, Klestadt Winters
Jureller Southard & Stevens, LLP, as conflicts counsel, UBS
Securities LLC as investment banker, and Conway MacKenzie, LLC, as
financial advisor. Ferro Castro Neves Daltro & Gomide Advogados is
the committee's Brazilian counsel.

The Ad Hoc Group of LATAM Bondholders tapped White & Case LLP as
counsel.

Glenn Agre Bergman & Fuentes, LLP, led by managing partner Andrew
Glenn and partner Shai Schmidt, has been retained as counsel to the
Ad Hoc Committee of Shareholders.


LIVEWELL ASSISTED: Hearing Today on Bid to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------------
Livewell Assisted Living, Inc. asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Eastern District of North Carolina, Raleigh Division, for
authority to use cash collateral to pay its ordinary operating
expenses.

The lienholders of the Debtor's cash collateral are the U.S. Small
Business Administration, Itria Ventures, Forward Financing, Vox
Funding, Delta Bridge Funding, Wynwood Capital Group, United Fund
USA, Seabrook Funding, EBF Holdings, CFG Merchant Funding, and
Green Grass Capital.

The Debtor uses a service from Intuit Quickbooks that collects
revenue from the Debtor's residents and makes necessary bill
payments from those funds. Prior to the bankruptcy filing, one or
more Secured Creditors issued levies against those funds based on
their perfected security interests. The Debtor believes Quickbooks
is currently holding over $100,000 in estate funds. These funds are
cash collateral and the release of the funds, irrespective of the
Secured Creditors demands or perfected security interest, part of
the relief requested by the Motion.

The Debtor proposes adequate protection to the Secured Creditors in
the form of  replacement liens in after-acquired revenue to the
same extent as they had prior to the bankruptcy.

At the Debtor's behest, the Court will consider approval of the
request at a hearing on February 10, 2022 at 11 a.m.

A copy of the motion is available at https://bit.ly/3uHiwDv from
PacerMonitor.com.

                About Livewell Assisted Living, Inc.

Livewell Assisted Living, Inc. is part of the continuing care
retirement communities industry. The Debtor sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. N.C. Case No.
22-00264) on February 7, 2022. In the petition signed by Justin
Beckett, president, the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in assets
and up to $10 million in liabilities.

Travis Sasser, Esq. at Sasser Law Firm is the Debtor's counsel.



LS GROUP OPCO: Term Loan Upsize No Impact on Moody's B2 CFR
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service stated that LS Group OpCo Acquisition
LLC's ("LS Group" dba Les Schwab) increase in its senior secured
term loan B to finance a $300 million dividend to shareholders is a
credit negative but will not currently impact the company's ratings
or outlook. This includes the company's B2 corporate family rating,
B2-PD probability of default rating and B2 senior secured term loan
rating. The outlook is stable.

Proceeds from the proposed upsize of the senior secured term loan B
to $1.86 billion from $1.560 billion will be used to fund a $300
million dividend to shareholders. Pro forma for the additional debt
Moody's adjusted debt/EBITDA for the LTM period ending September
30, 2021 will increase to 6.0x from from about 5.1 times. Moody's
views this debt financed dividend as a more aggressive financial
policy which favors shareholders then original anticipated
particularly as it has quickly followed the company's $200 million
dividend to shareholders in December 2021 out of existing cash
balances. However, ratings are not effected as leverage will still
remain below the company's downgrade trigger of debt to EBITDA of
above 6.25 times.

In addition, the ratings continue to reflect LS Group's strong
brand awareness in its core markets, a somewhat diversified
earnings stream that includes "under-the-car" products and
services, strong earnings growth to date and good liquidity.
However, the ratings are constrained by the company's more
aggressive financial policy towards shareholders, high leverage,
modest scale, geographic concentration and high reliance on a
relatively narrow product line related to replacement tires.

LS Group is a tire retailer and service center operator with 495
total locations across 10 states. Annual revenues are around $2.15
billion. LS Group is owned by Meritage Group.


MARK E MOON: Prevails in Usury, Late Fees Claims vs Milestone
-------------------------------------------------------------
On June 23, 2015, Mark E. Moon and Lori Moon entered into a hard
money loan agreement with Milestone Financial, LLC, secured by the
Moons' residence. At that time, Milestone did not have either a
real estate broker license or a mortgage loan originator license
and had been warned by the State of California about its lack of
appropriate licenses. The Moons were represented by licensed real
estate broker Marc Fournier.

One of the loan documents signed by the Moons was a certification
the loan was a business or investment purpose loan, meaning the
protection found in the Truth in Lending Act or other California
laws meant to protect residential home loan borrowers would not
apply. The Original Loan was for $759,000 with an interest rate of
11.3%, a default interest rate of 17.3% plus late fees, and
interest-only payments of over $7,000 per month until the balance
came due in July 2017.

The Moons signed the Promissory Note. Paragraph 2, titled
"Payments," makes clear that the Original Loan is payable in full
on the Maturity Date, and will include the entire principal, unpaid
interest, and any other costs at that time. Paragraph 4(a), titled
"Late Charges; Default Rate" states that should the Moons fail to
make a monthly payment within 10 days of the due date, a late
charge equal to 10% of the monthly payment will be assessed as a
late charge, and "it is extremely difficult and impractical to
ascertain the extent of such damages and that the Late Charge
represents a fair and reasonable estimate, considering all of the
circumstances on the date of the Execution of this Note, of the
costs the Holder will incur by reason of such late payment."

Paragraph 4(b) reiterates the difficulty of ascertaining the
damages associated with the loss of timely payments as the reason
for the default interest rate set by the Promissory Note. Nowhere
in Paragraph 4 is there any language regarding a late charge on the
balloon payment itself. Paragraph 14, titled "Usury", contains a
usury savings clause that limits the interest charged to the
applicable statutory rate in the event that a court holds the
amount of interest charged "is in excess of applicable law."

The Moons began to struggle with payments almost immediately. At
some points, Milestone advanced the taxes and insurance on the
residence. About one year after the making of the Original Loan, on
August 26, 2016, the Moons and Milestone entered into an agreement
titled "Settlement Agreement, Indemnity, and First Amendment to
Promissory Note Secured by Deed of Trust." The Extension
supplemented and amended the Original Loan. It did not replace it.

Milestone still did not have its own real estate broker or loan
originator license, and this time the Moons were not represented by
Mr. Fournier or any licensed real estate broker in the making of
the Extension. The Extension states that the unpaid principal
balance of the loan is $902,525.34 in no fewer than three parts of
the document. The Extension extended the Maturity Date of the loan
to July 2019, slightly lowered the initial interest rate to 11.05%
and increased the monthly payments and default interest rate.
Paragraph 8 of the Extension, titled "Late Charges," stated:

     "Should any payment due hereunder not be received on or before
the TENTH (10th) day after its due date (the 'Grace Period'),
Borrower shall immediately pay to Lender, without notice or demand
by Lender, a late charge calculated at TEN PERCENT (10.00%) of any
payment then due, including the final (balloon) payment."

The charge on the final balloon payment was a new addition to the
Extension, not part of the Original Loan. Within the same
paragraph, the basis for these late charges was made clear:

     "Borrower agrees that Lender will incur administrative costs
and other damages not compensated by payment of interest as a
result of any payment not being made when due and acknowledges that
calculation of actual damages is extremely difficult and
impracticable and that the foregoing amount is a reasonable
estimate of those damages."

After executing the Extension, the Moons promptly began missing
loan payments, though some payments were tendered at various
times.

In March 2019, the Moons sought to refinance their residence with a
different lender and requested a payoff amount from Milestone.
Milestone provided a payoff quote of $1,288,792.28, which included
what was initially called a "prepayment penalty" of $115,615.06. In
later filings Milestone notes the phrase "prepayment penalty" was
in error, and the amount represents a late charge on the principal
balance in accordance with the Extension. The payoff was much
higher than what the Moons had anticipated, and they were
ultimately unable to refinance the loan.

On November 18, 2019, the Moons filed a complaint in San Mateo
superior court against Milestone, William R. Stuart; Bear Bruin
Ventures, Inc.; and Evergreen Escrow, Inc. On February 14, 2020,
the Moons filed an Amended Complaint against the same Defendants.
The Amended Complaint seeks damages against the Defendants on four
counts of alleged wrongdoing:

     1. Declaratory Relief to determine the rights and obligations
of the Moons under the Extension;

     2. Breach of Contract against Milestone;

     3. Fraud against Stuart, Milestone, and Bear Bruin;

     4. Intentional Interference with a Contract by Milestone and
Evergreen.

Judge Dennis Montali of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of California has determined that the Moons
should prevail on their claims regarding usury and late fees but
fail on their claim regarding the acceleration penalty. Judge
Montali also determines that Milestone should prevail as to the
first claim for declaratory relief and the Moons' belated claim for
interference with an economic advantage. As to the breach of
contract, intentional interference with a contract, and fraud
claims, disputes of material fact remain to be resolved, and
summary judgment must be denied.

Judge Montali explains the Extension modified the Original Loan in
some ways, including by extending the Maturity Date. It also
lowered the interest rate slightly, but not below the maximum
permitted by usury law if not eligible for an exemption. The
Extension must be considered a forbearance even if the parties
neglected to call it by its name, Judge Montali says.

The judge points out there that there are only two instances of
forbearance mentioned in Cal. Civ. Code Section 1916.1: in
connection with a sale and in connection with a past sale in which
the broker acted as such. Neither applies here, Judge Montali
points out.

The statute "provides a restricted definition of the term
"arranged" in relation to a forbearance." Judge Montali explains
that the statute painstakingly sets forth the instances in which a
forbearance negotiated by a real estate broker would be exempt
under usury law: when that broker was previously involved in
arranging the original loan and that loan was in connection with a
sale, lease, or other transaction, or when that broker had
previously arranged for the sale, lease or other transaction for
compensation. Conspicuously absent from those instances is a
scenario in which a forbearance is arranged on a simple loan of
money secured by real estate, with no other sale, lease, or other
transaction involved. Judge Montali says the court cannot create an
exemption here to save Milestone.

Mr. Fournier, the licensed real estate broker involved in the
making of the initial loan, was not involved in the Extension.
While Milestone belatedly attempts to argue that Carolyn Stuart,
one of Milestone's owners, was a licensed broker involved in the
creation of the Extension, this assertion is contradicted by
Milestone's own prior documents, which show absolutely no
involvement by Ms. Stuart in the making of the Extension, Judge
Montali notes.

No licensed real estate broker was involved in the making of the
Extension. However, whether a real estate broker (including Ms.
Stuart) was involved in the making of the Extension is ultimately
an immaterial fact, because the Extension is a forbearance of a
type which falls outside of California's carefully crafted usury
exemptions, Judge Montali holds.

A full-text copy of the Memorandum Decision dated January 31, 2022,
is available at https://tinyurl.com/4z7s9ytp from Leagle.com.

The bankruptcy case is MARK E. MOON, Chapter 11, Debtor, Bankruptcy
Case No. 20-30711-DM (Bankr. N.D. Calif.).

The adversary proceeding is In re E. MARK MOON and LORI MOON,
Plaintiffs, v. MILESTONE FINANCIAL, LLC, et al., Defendants,
Adversary Case No. 20-03117-DM (Bankr. N.D. Calif.).


MICROVISION INC: BlackRock Has 6.5% Equity Stake as of Dec. 31
--------------------------------------------------------------
In a Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, BlackRock, Inc. disclosed that as of Dec. 31, 2021, it
beneficially owns 10,689,064 shares of common stock of Microvision,
Inc., representing 6.5 percent of the shares outstanding.  A
full-text copy of the regulatory filing is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/65770/000083423722007128/us5949603048_020422.txt

                         About MicroVision

MicroVision -- http://www.microvision.com-- is a pioneering
company in MEMS based laser beam scanning technology that
integrates MEMS, lasers, optics, hardware, algorithms and machine
learning software into its proprietary technology to address
existing and emerging markets. The Company's integrated approach
uses its proprietary technology to provide solutions for automotive
lidar sensors, augmented reality micro-display engines, interactive
display modules and consumer lidar modules.

MicroVision reported a net loss of $13.63 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, a net loss of $26.48 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2019, and a net loss of $27.25 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2018.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company had $134.07
million in total assets, $11.72 million in total liabilities, and
$122.35 million in total shareholders' equity.


MID ATLANTIC PRINTERS: Expects to Pay Over 50% to Unsecureds
------------------------------------------------------------
Mid Atlantic Printers, Ltd., submitted a First Amended Plan of
Reorganization dated Feb. 3, 2022.

As of the date of this Plan, the Debtor is current with its post
petition tax filings and payroll tax deposits. The Debtor is also
current with its post-petition obligations. It appears that the
Debtor is operating profitably and will be able to fund its Plan of
Reorganization.

Class 7 consists of Virginia Department of Taxation Priority Claim.
Virginia Department of Taxation has a priority claim against the
Debtor, resulting from unpaid pre-petition payroll taxes in the
approximate amount of $85,000.00. Commencing on the Effective Date,
the Debtor will make monthly payments to Virginia Department of
Taxation in an amount sufficient to pay its priority claim in full
over 5 years with 4 percent interest. If the Virginia Department of
Taxation allowed claim is $85,000.00, the monthly payment will be
$1,565.00.

Class 8 consists of Town of Altavista Secured and Priority Claim.
The Town of Altavista has secured and priority claim against the
Debtor resulting from real and personal property taxes in the
amount of $40,104.00 pursuant to its proof of claim. Commencing on
the Effective Date, the Debtor will make monthly payments to the
Town of Altavista sufficient to pay its secured and priority claims
in full over 5 years with 4 percent interest. If the secured and
priority claims of the Town of Altavista are allowed at $40,104.00
the monthly payment to the Class 8 creditor will be $739.00.

Class 9 consists of General Unsecured Claims. As a result of a
review of its chapter 11 schedules and the claims that have been
filed in this case as of the claims bar date of January 5, 2022,
the Debtor estimates its general unsecured claims to be
approximately $500,000.00.

On a quarterly basis commencing June 1, 2022, and for a period of 5
years following or the date that all class 9 claims are paid in
full, whichever is sooner, the Debtor will commit all of its
disposable income to the Mid Atlantic Printers Reorganization Fund,
to be held initially by Debtor's counsel, and ultimately, as
designated by the Debtor. From the Mid Atlantic Printers
Reorganization Fund, the Debtor will make quarterly pro-rata
distributions to allowed General Unsecured Claims.

The Debtor will fund its obligation to the Mid Atlantic Printer
Reorganization Fund with its aggregate disposal income within 30
days from the end of each quarter. Thus the first payment will be
due October 30, 2022, 30 days from the end of the quarter that ends
September 30, 2022. If the Debtor's revenue and expenses
projections are accurate, Class 9 creditors can expect to receive
over 50% of their claims, even without a recovery from the
insurance claim or preference claims.

The Debtor will continue its operations as a commercial printer
servicing its customers in the ordinary course of business. Rob
Poindexter will continue in his role as Chief Operating Office of
the Debtor. His salary will be increased by $2,500.00 per month,
recognizing his greatly expanded role as he continues to serve as
plant manager, and now oversees all operations and financial
aspects of the company as chief operating officer.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Plan of Reorganization dated
Feb. 3, 2022, is available at https://bit.ly/3GxLOqr from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Andrew S. Goldstein, Esq.
     Magee Goldstein Lasky & Sayers, P.C.
     P.O. Box 404
     Roanoke, VA 24003-0404
     Tel: (540) 343-9800
     Fax: (540) 343-9898
     Email: agoldstein@mglspc.com

                 About Mid Atlantic Printers Ltd.

Mid Atlantic Printers, Ltd. is a full service commercial sheet fed
printer, with two production facilities and multiple sales offices.
The Altavista, Va.-based company offers commercial printing
services.

Mid Atlantic Printers filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. W.D. Va. Case No. 21-61173) on Oct. 27, 2021, listing up to
$10 million in assets and up to $1 million in liabilities.  Nancy
Edwards, president of Mid Atlantic Printers, signed the petition.


Andrew S. Goldstein, Esq., at Magee Goldstein Lasky & Sayers, P.C.,
serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


MOTELS OF SUGAR: Seeks to Employ Integra Realty as Appraiser
------------------------------------------------------------
Motels of Sugar Land, LLP seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Indiana to hire Integra Realty
Resources to appraise its 94-suite Springhill Suites and Hotel by
Marriott located in Sugarland, Texas.

The firm will be paid a flat fee of $5,200 with a pre-payment of 50
percent or $2,600 and a final payment of $2,600 upon completion of
the appraisal services.  The hourly fee for live testimony is $350.


As disclosed in a court filing, Integra is a "disinterested person"
as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm holds office at:

     Integra Realty Resources
     4981 N, Franklin Rd.,
     Indianapolis, IN 46226
     Tel: (212) 575-2935

                     About Motels of Sugar Land

Motels of Sugar Land, LLP owns the 94-suite Springhill Suites and
Hotel by Marriott in Sugarland, Texas, that employs 14 people.

Motels of Sugar Land sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 21-00371) on Jan. 29,
2021, disclosing $6,396,935 in assets and $6,455,893 in
liabilities.  Motels of Sugar Land President Sanjay Patel signed
the petition.

Judge Robyn L. Moberly oversees the case.

KC Cohen, Lawyer, PC is the Debtor's legal counsel.


MUSCLE MAKER: Receives Noncompliance Notice From Nasdaq
-------------------------------------------------------
Muscle Maker, Inc. received notice from The Nasdaq Stock Market on
Feb. 1, 2022, that the closing bid price for the Company's common
stock had been below $1.00 per share for the previous 30
consecutive business days, and that the Company is therefore not in
compliance with the minimum bid price requirement for continued
inclusion on The Nasdaq Capital Market under Nasdaq Listing Rule
5550(a)(2).

Nasdaq's notice has no immediate effect on the listing or trading
of the Company's common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market.

The notice indicates that the Company will have 180 calendar days,
until Aug. 1, 2022, to regain compliance with this requirement.
The Company can regain compliance with the $1.00 minimum bid
listing requirement if the closing bid price of its common stock is
at least $1.00 per share for a minimum of 10 consecutive business
days during the 180-day compliance period.  If the Company does not
regain compliance during the initial compliance period, it may be
eligible for additional time of 180 calendar days to regain
compliance.  To qualify, the Company will be required to meet the
continued listing requirement for market value of the Company's
publicly held shares and all other Nasdaq initial listing
standards, except the bid price requirement, and will need to
provide written notice to Nasdaq of its intention to cure the
deficiency during the second compliance period.  If the Company is
not eligible or it appears to Nasdaq that the Company will not be
able to cure the deficiency during the second compliance period,
Nasdaq will provide written notice to the Company that the
Company's common stock will be subject to delisting.  In the event
of such notification, the Company may appeal Nasdaq's determination
to delist its securities, but there can be no assurance that Nasdaq
would grant the Company's request for continued listing.

The Company intends to actively monitor the minimum bid price of
its common stock and may, as appropriate, consider available
options to regain compliance with the Rule.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to regain compliance with
the Rule or will otherwise be in compliance with other Nasdaq
listing criteria.

                         About Muscle Maker

Headquartered in League City, Texas, Muscle Maker is a fast casual
restaurant concept that specializes in preparing healthy-inspired,
high-quality, fresh, made-to-order lean, protein-based meals
featuring chicken, seafood, pasta, hamburgers, wraps and flat
breads. In addition, the Company features entree salads and an
appealing selection of sides, protein shakes and fruit smoothies.

Muscle Maker reported a net loss of $10.10 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $28.39 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company
had $18.36 million in total assets, $5.20 million in total
liabilities, and $13.17 million in total stockholders' equity.

Melville, NY-based Marcum LLP, the Company's auditor since 2016,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated April
15, 2021, citing that the Company has incurred significant losses
and net cash used in operations and needs to raise additional funds
to meet its obligations and sustain its operations.  These
conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.


NEOVASC INC: Studies Show Neovasc Reducer Demonstrates Cost Savings
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Neovasc, Inc. announced the publication of cost-effectiveness
studies supporting the use of the Neovasc Reducer.

The two analyses, authored by Americo Cicchetti, Graduate School of
Health Economics and Management (ALTEMS) at the Catholic University
of Sacro Cuore, Rome, included a budget impact analysis and a
cost-utility analysis.  The evaluations, both of which were
positive for the Reducer therapy, considered direct healthcare
costs from the perspective of the National Health Service in Italy.
The budget impact analysis examined a five-year timeframe, while
the cost-utility analysis utilized a "lifetime" horizon.

Quality of life measures

  * The budget impact analysis and cost-utility model each
demonstrated that the Reducer therapy can lead to an increase in
the quality of life in patients with refractory angina.

Cost effectiveness measures

   * In the cost-utility analysis, the Reducer therapy received the
best possible outcome, a dominance profile, meaning the
intervention is not just cost-effective, but cost-saving for the
healthcare system.

   * In the budget impact analysis, the higher initial costs due an
initial ramp in Reducer implants are adequately compensated in the
short term by the better clinical outcomes, with consequent savings
for the National Health Service in Italy starting in year four.

The authors highlight the growing number of patients suffering from
persistent and disabling symptoms of angina - in part due to the
advances in pharmacological and interventional fields that have
prolonged the survival of patients.

Dr. Fabrizio Oliva, director of Cardiology and Interventional
Cardiology, Niguarda Hospital, Milan, and President-elect of the
Italian National Association of Hospital Cardiologists, commented,
"We see patients with refractory angina frequently.  A therapy that
improves quality of life and is less costly to implement is highly
unusual and should be highlighted.  The data are particularly
relevant in the context of strong budget constraints in many
countries - a constraint that has been exacerbated by the COVID
pandemic."

"The data from the ALTEMS analyses are particularly relevant
because patients with refractory angina have limited treatment
options, and they tend to place a hefty financial burden on
healthcare systems," commented Fred Colen, president and chief
executive officer of Neovasc.  "The new Italian publication builds
upon our previously reported cost-effectiveness data and recent
reimbursement wins in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, and the
United States and it demonstrates fantastic progress against our
objectives."

                         About Neovasc Inc.

Neovasc -- www.neovasc.com -- is a specialty medical device company
that develops, manufactures and markets products for the rapidly
growing cardiovascular marketplace.  The Company develops minimally
invasive transcatheter mitral valve replacement technologies, and
minimally invasive devices for the treatment of refractory angina.
Its products include the Neovasc Reducer, for the treatment of
refractory angina, which is not currently commercially available in
the United States (2 U.S. patients have been treated under
Compassionate Use) and has been commercially available in Europe
since 2015, and Tiara, for the transcatheter treatment of mitral
valve disease, which is currently under clinical investigation in
the United States, Canada, Israel and Europe.

Neovasc reported a net loss of $28.69 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $35.13 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2019. As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had
$17.88 million in total assets, $15.90 million in total
liabilities, and $1.98 million in total equity.

Grant Thornton, LLP, in Vancouver, Canada, the Company's auditor
since 2002, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated March 10, 2021, citing that the Company incurred a
comprehensive loss of $30.2 million during the year ended Dec. 31,
2020.  These conditions, along with other matters, raise
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern as at Dec. 31, 2020.


NEWS CORP: Moody's Affirms Ba1 CFR, Rates New Unsecured Notes Ba1
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a Ba1 rating to News
Corporation's ("News Corp or the Company") proposed 10-year, $500
million senior unsecured notes due 2032 and affirmed the Ba1
Corporate Family Rating and Ba1-PD Probability of Default Rating.
The rating on the existing senior unsecured notes due 2029 was
upgraded to Ba1 from Ba2. The Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating
was maintained at SGL-1 and the outlook was revised to positive
from stable.

The proceeds of the new notes will be used to partially fund the
$1.45 billion purchase of the OPIS and Base Chemicals businesses
from S&P Global Inc. (A3 Stable) and pay transaction fees and
expenses. The acquisitions are expected to close by March 1.

News Corp's acquisition of S&P's OPIS and Base Chemicals businesses
is credit positive. Moody's expects the financing mix to include a
substantial portion of cash such that pro forma adjusted leverage
remains below 3.0x. Despite the leveraging event, Moody's believes
these are strong assets with a very high mix of recurring and
digital revenue that generate strong EBITDA margins.

The outlook was changed to positive from stable driven by a very
strong improvement in operating results during a very challenging
period over the last several years, improving free cash flows and a
steady track record of conservative leverage and very good
liquidity. The company continues to invest in its stronger segments
(Dow Jones, Book Publishing, and Digital Real Estate Services),
while lowering exposure to advertising and growing its recurring
base of subscription revenue. The company has steadily grown
digital subscribers across most segments including the Dow Jones,
Subscription Video Services, and News Media. Earnings are being
driven, in part, by new and transformative news content licensing
agreements and permanent and material cost savings initiatives.

Assignments:

Issuer: News Corporation

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Ba1 (LGD4)

Affirmations:

Issuer: News Corporation

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed Ba1

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed Ba1-PD

Upgrades:

Issuer: News Corporation

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Upgraded to Ba1 (LGD4)
from Ba2 (LGD4)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: News Corporation

Outlook, Changed To Positive From Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

News Corp's Ba1 CFR is supported by a long and steady history of
conservative leverage targets (Moody's adjusted leverage to remain
below 3x), and very good liquidity. The Company also benefits from
its large scale, strong geographic diversification and leading
market positions across 5 business segments including the Dow
Jones, Digital Real Estate Services, Subscription Video Services,
News Media and Book Publishing. The Company also owns and operates
some of the world's leading brands with significant value including
the Wall Street Journal, HarperCollins, and Realtor.com. Moody's
believes the Company is committed to transforming the business mix,
with a patient and disciplined growth strategy, investing
organically and through M&A into growing digital and recurring
business models, selling non-performing and non-core assets, and
carefully managing cost structures.

The credit profile is constrained by a short history of strong free
cash flows, due in part to weaker EBITDA margins in the mid-teens
percent range. The company also has multiple segments exposed to
unfavorable secular trends including news and video. The Company's
video business, Foxtel, is losing broadcast TV subscribers at a
high rate and News Media is significantly exposed to the
advertising market which is under pressure. The company's financial
policy also tolerates debt-funded M&A which has increased leverage,
as well as material shareholder distributions in the form of both
share repurchases and dividends which are material calls on cash
flows.

News Corp is exposed to governance risk, including the closely held
nature of the organization (the Murdoch Family Trust and Rupert
Murdoch collectively control 39.1% through Class B shares).
Potential changes in leadership and a history of activist investors
pose risks.

The positive outlook reflects Moody's expectation that debt,
revenue, and EBITDA will average approximately $4 billion, $9
billion, and $1.3-$1.6 billion, respectively, over the next 12-18
months. Moody's project EBITDA margins to rise to the high-teens
percent, producing free cash flows that will rise to over $600
million, after capex (averaging 5%-6% of revenue), borrowing costs
(averaging near 4%), and dividends (approximately $160 million).
Moody's expect a material portion of free cash flow to be used for
share repurchases. Moody's expect leverage to be 2.5x-3.0x, and
free cash flow to debt to rise to at least 15%. Moody's expect
liquidity to remain very good.

Note: all figures are Moody's adjusted, and normalized, over the
next 12-18 months unless otherwise noted: Moody's material
adjustments include treating lease obligations and unfunded pension
obligations as debt, as well as adjustment to proportionally
deconsolidate non-controlling interests, including those at Foxtel
and REA Group. Moody's estimates these adjustments add at least
1.0x turn of leverage to management's adjustment ratios.

News Corp's speculative grade liquidity is very good (SGL-1). The
liquidity profile is supported by significant cash sources
(including cash and cash flows), significant back-up liquidity with
approximately $750 million in undrawn revolving credit facilities
(excluding subsidiary facilities), and substantial alternate
liquidity.

The unsecured notes are rated Ba1 (LGD4), equal to the CFR
reflecting the preponderance of senior unsecured debt at the
parent, with a smaller proportion of senior obligations including
trade payables, lease rejection claims and unfunded pension
obligations at the operating subsidiaries. The new notes will be an
obligation of the parent company, and not guaranteed by operating
subsidiaries. The notes will rank equally in right of payment with
all existing and future senior debt, including the existing
revolving credit facility and existing unsecured notes, and rank
senior to all existing and future subordinated debt. The notes will
be subordinate to all existing and future secured debt and
structurally subordinate to all existing and future liabilities of
each the Company's operating subsidiaries. The notes will be
non-callable for 5 years and are subject to repayment upon a change
in control. The instrument rating reflects the probability of
default of the company, as reflected in the Ba1-PD Probability of
Default Rating, and an average expected family recovery rate of 50%
at default with the mixed priority of claims.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to an upgrade:

Maintenance of conservative financial policies targets, modest
leverage and very good liquidity

Sustained growth in digital assets, supported by profitable
execution of transformation strategy

Track record of strong free cash flow generation, with free cash
flow to debt (Moody's adjusted and normalized) of at least 10%
expected

Factors that could lead to a downgrade

Gross Debt/EBITDA (Moody's adjusted and normalized) is sustained
above 3.0x, or

FCF/gross debt (Moody's adjusted and normalized) is sustained
below mid-single digit percent

Moody's would also consider a negative rating action if the
financial strategy or policy turned more aggressive, or operating
performance weakened considerably such that the company's market or
financial position implied a weaker credit profile.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Media published
in June 2021.

News Corporation (Nasdaq: NWS, NWSA; ASX: NWS, NWSLV) is a global,
diversified media and information services company focused on
creating and distributing authoritative and engaging content and
other products and services. The company comprises businesses
across a range of media, including: Dow Jones, digital real estate
services, subscription video services in Australia, news media and
book publishing. Headquartered in New York, News Corp operates
primarily in the United States, Australia, and the United Kingdom,
and its content and other products and services are distributed and
consumed worldwide. Revenues for the last twelve months (LTM) ended
September 30, 2021 was approximately $9.7 billion (as reported).


NEWS CORP: S&P Assigns 'BB+' Rating on New Senior Unsecured Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to News Corp.'s proposed senior unsecured notes.
The '3' recovery rating indicates its expectation for meaningful
(50%-70%; rounded estimate: 65%) recovery of principal in the event
of a payment default.

News Corp plans to use the net proceeds from these notes, along
with cash on the balance sheet, to fund its acquisitions of OPIS
and Base Chemicals. S&P said, "In our view, the acquisitions will
modestly diversify News Corp.'s business mix, expanding its Dow
Jones Professional Information Business (PIB) offerings into
energy, chemicals, metals and mining pricing, news, and analytics.
It will also modestly increase the company's EBITDA margins without
materially affecting its credit quality. Pro forma for the
acquisitions and debt offering, News Corp.'s S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage will modestly increase from 1.6x to about
2.3x as of Dec. 31, 2021, which remains below our 2.5x downgrade
threshold for the current 'BB+' rating. We expect leverage to
decline to about 2x by the end of fiscal 2022, which ends June 30,
2022, due to strong operating performance and EBITDA growth."

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that News Corp. will
exhibit steady operating performance with improving EBITDA margins
while pursuing modest acquisitions and share repurchases that will
likely keep leverage at about 1.5x-2x over the next 12 months.



NEWSTREAM HOTEL LIT: Taps HREC Investment as Real Estate Broker
---------------------------------------------------------------
Newstream Hotel Partners-LIT, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Texas to hire HREC
Investment Advisors to market and sell Four Points Hotel by
Sheraton, a full-service hotel in Little Rock, Ark.

The firm will receive 2.85 percent commission of the gross sales
price of the property.

Patrick Culligan, principal at HREC, disclosed in a court filing
that he is a "disinterested person" as the term is defined in
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Patrick Culligan
     HREC Investment Advisors
     222 2nd Avenue South, Suite 1700
     Nashville, TN 38201
     Tel: 615-347-2138
     Email: pculligan@hrec.com

                About Newstream Hotel Partners-Lit

Newstream Hotel Partners-LIT, LLC filed a Chapter 11 petition
(Bankr. E.D. Texas Case No. 21-40561) on April 16, 2021, listing up
to $10 million in assets and up to $50 million in liabilities.
Judge Brenda T. Rhoades oversees the case.

Spencer Fane, LLP represents the Debtor as legal counsel.

UC Four Points Little Rock Holder LLC, as prepetition secured
lender, is represented by:

     Mark Stromberg, Esq.
     Stromberg Stock, PLLC
     8350 N Central Expy, Ste 1225
     Dallas, TX 75206
     Tel: (972) 458-5353
     Fax: (972) 861-5339
     Email: mark@stromberstock.com

Marriott International Inc., as franchisor, is represented by:

     Michael T. Driscoll, Esq.
     SheppardMullin
     30 Rockefeller Plaza
     New York, NY 10112-0015
     Tel: 212-653-8700
     Email: MDriscoll@sheppardmullin.com


NOISE SOLUTIONS: Unsecured Creditors Will Get 5% Dividend in Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Noise Solutions USA, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Western District of Pennsylvania a Small Business Chapter 11
Plan of Reorganization dated Feb. 3, 2022.

The Debtor is a full-service company that provides engineered
industrial noise suppression for buildings in the energy sector.
The Debtor provides services all across North America.

Shenango Valley Enterprise Zone Corp. filed a Confessed Judgment
action in the Court of Common Pleas of Mercer County, Pennsylvania
at Case No. 2021-02089.  The Debtor filed a Petition to Strike
and/or Open the Confessed Judgment.  However, the Petition was
denied.  There was a sheriff sale scheduled for November 8, 2021.
The bankruptcy stayed the sheriff sale.

The Debtor intends to fund the Plan through its continued business
operations. The Debtor is bidding on work contracts that would
bring significant income into the Bankruptcy Estate.  As it
continues to perform those obligations, its income will increase.
The Debtor is actively searching for new contracts to perform.

The Plan proposes to pay administrative claims in full unless
otherwise agreed to.  The Debtor estimates approximately 5% will be
paid on account of general unsecured claim pursuant to the Plan.

Class 8 consists of General Unsecured Claims.  The creditors in
this Class must have had a claim against the Debtor as of November
5, 2021. The total amount scheduled for this Class is approximately
$604,510. This Class will be Impaired.

The Creditors in this Class will be paid a fixed sum of $188,000,
which will be approximately a dividend of 5% of the Allowed Claims.
This will be paid in fixed monthly payments of $3,133 paid to the
Disbursing Agent. Distributions to this Class will be made on a
quarterly basis. Each creditor will receive a pro rata distribution
of all funds distributed to the Class.  This Class will not be
entitled to interest on their claims.  The claims in this Class are
not entitled to post-petition interest, attorney's fees, or costs.

Class 9 consists of the Equity Interests in the Debtor.  The equity
ownership in the Debtor shall be retained.  The equity owners shall
retain full voting and management rights over the Debtor after
Confirmation of the Plan.

The plan will be implemented by the Debtor.  The Debtor will fund
the plan from its disposable income and make payments over the life
of the plan. The Debtor will continue to operate its business and
perform its service contracts. The Debtor will continue to search
for new service contracts to perform.

The Debtor is funding this plan with their income and dedication
all disposable income over a 5-year period to this Plan.
Disposable income is defined by Section 1191(d) of the Bankruptcy
Code as the income that is received by the debtor and that is not
reasonably necessary to be expended – (1) for the maintenance or
support of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor or a domestic
support obligation that first becomes payable after the date of the
filing of the petition; or (2) for the payment of expenditures
necessary for the continuation, preservation, or operation of the
business of the debtor.

A full-text copy of the Small Business Plan of Reorganization dated
Feb. 3, 2022, is available at https://bit.ly/3336zMN from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Donald R. Calaiaro, Esq.
     Calaiaro Valencik
     938 Penn Avenue, Suite 501
     Pittsburgh, PA 15222-3708
     Phone: (412) 232-0930
     Email: dcalaiaro@c-vlaw.com

                    About Noise Solutions  

Noise Solutions (USA), Inc., is a Sharon, Pa.-based provider of
engineered industrial noise suppression for the energy sector.

Noise Solutions filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 21-10616) on Nov. 5, 2021,
listing up to $50,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.  Scott K. MacDonald, president and chief executive
officer, signed the petition.  Donald R. Calaiaro, Esq., a Calaiaro
Valencik represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


NORCROSS LODGING: Wins Cash Collateral Access
---------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Indiana,
Indianapolis Division, has authorized Norcross Lodging Associates,
LLP to use cash collateral on a final basis in accordance with the
budget, with a 10% variance.

The Debtor requires the use of cash collateral to maintain its
business and avoid serious and irreparable harm to the estate and
the Debtor's creditors.

SG Peachtree Comers Hospitality Holdings, LLC asserts is the
Debtor's senior secured lender.

PCH timely filed Claim #5 on January 5, 2022 asserting that the
balance of the indebtedness owed to PCH by the Debtor under the
Loan Documents as of the Petition Date is $1,442,691 in principal,
accrued interest, late charges, and attorneys' fees and costs.

The  Debtor stipulates and concedes that PCH has a valid,
enforceable, unavoidable, first priority, properly perfected
security interest and lien in the Property, including, but not
limited to, the Cash Collateral, but subject to the purchase money
security interest of Alliance Laundry System LLC in certain
equipment. The Debtor and PCH agree that if the Debtor disputes the
amount of the PCH Claim, it will file a claim objection within 45
days of the entry of the Order.

The Debtor will use its Cash Collateral consistent, and in
compliance, with the budget, and subsequent monthly budgets
submitted to PCH, the U.S. Trustee, and the Subchapter V Trustee
for the operation, maintenance, and preservation of the Hotel and
the Debtor's personal property.

The Debtor will continue to provide the Adequate Protection
Provisions during the period of cash use. In addition to the
Adequate Protection Provisions, the Debtor has agreed to provide
adequate protection to PCH as follows: on or before February 15,
and on the 15 of each calendar month (or the next business day
thereafter) thereafter during the period of cash use, the Debtor
will make a payment to PCH in the amount of $10,107.

In addition, PCH will have a valid, enforceable, properly perfected
first priority post-petition replacement lien in all assets of the
Debtor to secure PCH for any diminution in value of the Debtor's
Cash Collateral.

The Debtor's authorization to use Cash Collateral will immediately
terminate on the earlier to occur of: (i) the date on which PCH
provides, via facsimile and electronic mail, written notice to the
Debtor's counsel of the occurrence of an Event of Default; (ii) the
date the bankruptcy case is dismissed or converted to a chapter 7
case; (iii) the date a trustee is appointed over the Debtor
pursuant to 11 U.S.C. section 1104; (iv) the date that the
automatic stay of section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code is lifted as
to allow a third party to proceed against any substantial asset of
the Debtor; or (v) the date a material adverse change shall occur
in the condition or prospects, financial or otherwise of the Debtor
after the date of the Final Order that results in a legitimate
question as to whether PCH is adequately protected.

A copy of the order and the Debtor's budget for the period from
February 2 to March 16, 2022 is available at https://bit.ly/34tgvQj
from PacerMonitor.com.

The budget provided for $141,214 in total revenue and $56,467 in
total expenses for the period.

              About Norcross Lodging Associates, LLP
                    dba Norcross Inn & Suites

Norcross Lodging Associates, LLP owns and operates an unflagged,
suburban hotel known as the Norcross Inn & Suites, built in 1989 on
two acres of land in Peachtree Corners, Gwinnett County, Georgia.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 21-04856-JJG-11) on
October 27, 2021. In the petition signed by Mohan P. Hari, managing
partner, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in assets and
liabilities.

Judge Jeffrey J. Graham oversees the case.

Andrew Kight, Esq., at Jacobson Hile Kight LLC is the Debtor's
counsel.




NORDIC AVIATION: Seeks Approval to Hire Restructuring Advisors
--------------------------------------------------------------
Nordic Aviation Capital Designated Activity Company and its
affiliates seek approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia to hire Ireland-based Ernst & Young
Business Consultants and three other member firms of Ernst & Young
Global Limited as restructuring advisors and tax services
providers.

The three other firms are Ernst & Young LLP, a member firm of EYGL
in the United States; EY Godkendt Revisionspartnerselskab, a member
firm in Denmark; and Ernst & Young LLP, a member firm in the United
Kingdom.

The hourly rates charged by the firms for their services are as
follows:

   * Ernst & Young U.S.

     Partner/Principal/                US$895 - US$1100 per hour
       Executive Director
     Senior Director/Senior Manager    US$775 - US$895 per hour
     Director/Manager                  US$650 - US$775 per hour
     Associate/Senior Associate        US$290 - US$650 per hour

   * Ernst & Young U.K.

     Partner                           GBP920 per hour
     Director                          GBP724 per hour
     Assistant Director                GBP648 per hour
     Manager                           GBP520 per hour
     Senior Executive                  GBP408 per hour
     Executive                         GBP332 per hour
     Analyst                           GBP156 per hour
     Business Trainee                  GBP100 per hour

   * Ernst & Young Business Consultants

     Partner                           EURO768 per hour
     Director                          EURO704 per hour
     Assistant Director                EURO568 per hour
     Manager                           EURO492 per hour
     Senior Executive                  EURO384 per hour
     Executive                         EURO316 per hour
     Analyst                           EURO152 per hour
     Business Trainee                  EURO84 per hour

   * EY Godkendt

     Partner                           EURO768 per hour
     Director                          EURO704 per hour
     Senior Manager                    EURO568 per hour
     Manager                           EURO492 per hour
     Senior Consultant                 EURO384 per hour
     Consultant                        EURO316 per hour
     Business Trainee/Admin            EURO84 per hour

During the 90 days prior to their Chapter 11 filing, the Debtors
paid US$2,656,050 to Ernst & Young U.S. for services performed and
expenses incurred; EUR3,587,009 to Ernst & Young Business
Consultants; and EUR10,700 to EY Godkendt.

Briana Richards, principal at Ernst & Young, disclosed in a court
filing that she is a "disinterested person" as the term is defined
in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firms can be reached at:

     Briana Richards
     Ernst & Young LLP US
     One Manhattan West
     New York, NY 10001
     Tel: 212-773-3000

     -- and --

     Andrew Dolliver
     Ernst & Young LLP U.K.
     Bedford House
     16 Bedford Street
     Belfast BT2 7DT
     Tel: +44 28 9044 3500
     Fax: +44 28 9044 3501

     -- and --

     Alan O'Brien
     Ernst & Young Business Consultants
     Harcourt Centre
     Harcourt Street
     Dublin 2 D02 YA40
     Ireland
     Tel: + 353 1 475 0555
     Fax: + 353 1 475 0599

     -- and --

     Henrik Morthensen
     EY Godkendt Revisionspartnerselskab
     P.O. Box 330
     8100 Aarhus C
     Denmark
     Tel: +45 73 23 30 00
     Fax: +45 72 29 30 30

                       About Nordic Aviation

Nordic Aviation Capital is the leading regional aircraft lessor
serving almost 70 airlines in approximately 45 countries. Its fleet
of 475 aircraft includes ATR 42, ATR 72, De Havilland Dash 8,
Mitsubishi CRJ900/1000, Airbus A220 and Embraer E-Jet family
aircraft.

On Dec. 17, 2021, Nordic Aviation Capital Pte. Ltd., NAC Aviation
17 Limited, NAC Aviation 20 Limited, and Nordic Aviation Capital
A/S each filed petitions seeking relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Va.). On Dec. 19, 2021, Nordic
Aviation Capital Designated Activity Company and 112 affiliated
companies also filed petitions seeking Chapter 11 relief. The lead
case is In re Nordic Aviation Capital Designated Activity Company
(Bankr. E.D. Va. Lead Case No. 21-33693).

Judge Kevin R. Huennekens oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis and Kutak Rock, LLP as
bankruptcy counsels and the law firms of Clifford Chance, LLP,
William Fry, LLP and Gorrissen Federspiel as corporate counsels.
N.M. Rothschild & Sons Limited, Ernst & Young, LLP and
PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP serve as the Debtors' financial
advisor, restructuring advisor and tax advisor, respectively. Epiq
Corporate Restructuring, LLC is the claims and noticing agent.


OLAPLEX INC: S&P Assigns 'B+' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issuer credit rating to
U.S.-based premium hair care provider Olaplex Inc. and its 'BB-'
issue-level rating to the proposed senior secured term loan B. The
recovery rating on the term loan B facility is '2', indicating its
expectation of substantial (70%-90%; rounded estimate: 70%)
recovery in the event of a payment default.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that Olaplex will
continue to grow at a rapid pace supported by higher brand
awareness, international expansion, new product launches, and
e-commerce growth.

S&P said, "Our ratings on Olaplex reflect its small scale, narrow
business and product focus, and heavy reliance on a key proprietary
active ingredient. Olaplex is narrowly focused in the premium
specialty hair care sector and has a minimal share of the global
hair care market. The company relies on a key, patent-protected
active ingredient (bis-aminopropyl diglycol dimaleate, or bisamino)
for much of its success. The company's concentrated cash flows are
derived by providing premium hair care products to professional
hair salons, specialty retailers, and direct to consumers (DTC).
Olaplex's products protect, strengthen, and rebuild disulfide bonds
in hair before, during, and after chemical services in salon and at
home. We understand no prestige hair care peers have a patented
technology similar to Olaplex's products.

"While we believe the category has satisfactory growth and
stability over the years, the lack of product diversity could
damage the company's cash flows should unanticipated developments
arise. This could include rivals developing effective competing
products, including large multinational personal care companies and
small, nimble companies. While it could be difficult to replicate
Olaplex's extraordinarily high, patent-protected, intellectual
property-driven profit margins, we believe the prospects of
realizing returns even close to Olaplex's could entice rivals to
invest heavily in the space. The company's successful litigation
against L'Oreal S.A. demonstrates the desire by rivals to expand in
this high-margin subcategory. We believe the multinational company
was found to have infringed upon Olaplex's maleic acid formulation,
including developing competing products presumably based on the
technology.

"We assume Olaplex will continue to have ready access to the inputs
that make up the key active ingredients--primarily bisamino--that
underpin its success, and at prices that are comparable to recent
history."

The ratings also reflect the company's majority ownership by a
financial sponsor, notwithstanding its low leverage at close.
Olaplex's financial policies are largely shaped by financial
sponsor owner Advent International Corp., which owns about 77% of
the company's stock following the IPO in September 2021. Pro forma
S&P Global Ratings' adjusted debt outstanding following this
transaction is approximately $908 million including $233 million
tax receivable agreement (TRA) liability, which we treat as 100%
debt. Under the TRA, Olaplex will pay its pre-IPO stockholders 85%
of net tax benefits related to pre-IPO tax assets. S&P said, "We
recognize the risk that the TRA obligation could increase over
time. We also recognize there is a risk of accelerated payments
under the TRA in certain circumstances including change of control,
which could strain liquidity. Moreover, the company could have to
pay the TRA obligation before realizing the anticipated tax
benefits."

S&P said, "While we estimate S&P Global Ratings' pro forma adjusted
leverage will be around 2.4x at close and the company's solid
profit and cash flow generating capacity should enable steady
organic deleveraging, shareholder friendly policies could elevate
leverage above our base-case scenario and lead to adjusted leverage
over 4x for extended periods. At this point, we do not expect
management to aggressively pursue acquisitions because of the
company's significant organic growth opportunities. We assume
Advent will sell down its shares in secondary market offerings.

"We forecast that Olaplex's revenues will continue to grow, albeit
at a lower rate, supported by new geographic expansions, new
product launches, and e-commerce expansion. The company's portfolio
of premium, high-quality products commands substantial pricing
power. All its products are infused with bisamino, on which Olaplex
has patent protection for roughly the next 13 years. This
substantial pricing power--coupled with Olaplex's low-cost,
asset-light, outsourced business model--translates into very high
adjusted EBITDA margins and free cash flow approaching $200
million. We expect double-digit percent revenue growth in 2022 and
2023 as the company continues to expand distribution in the core
professional salons, specialty retail, and direct-to-consumer (DTC)
channels. We forecast EBITDA margins will remain high but will
decline by 300-500 basis points because we expect increased
investments in innovation, sales, marketing, and personnel costs to
support Olaplex's local and international expansion plans.

"We believe the company is an effective competitor, but would need
to expand its current customer base and diversify into
international markets to achieve the next phase of growth.

"Olaplex has a limited operating history of successfully managing a
small but fast-expanding sales base. Its very modest
staffing--which we believe consists of about 90 employees--could
expose it to operational missteps if it cannot effectively manage
its very high prospective growth plans, overlaid onto its entirely
outsourced business model." All of the company's manufacturing is
outsourced globally, limiting its fixed-overhead costs, and allows
the company to run a lean model. However, this model typically
presents risks, including potential lack of control and oversight
over the supply chain, in addition to operating challenges at
suppliers that could cause disruptions. It's possible Olaplex may
need to increase its cost base significantly if it wants to
continue to achieve impressive growth rates on a standalone basis.

Moreover, a prolonged downturn could reduce consumer spending on
discretionary hair care products, especially premium-priced items
such as those marketed by Olaplex.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Olaplex
will continue to generate strong sales and EBITDA growth driven by
increasing consumer awareness of its brands' benefits and ongoing
expansion in the DTC and brick-and-mortar channels. We expect
adjusted leverage will be sustained below 5x."

S&P could lower the rating over the next 12 months if adjusted
leverage deteriorates and is sustained above 5x, possibly because:

-- Operating performance materially underperforms our expectation
because of product misses, weak adoption, or unsuccessful attempts
to expand into new regions;

-- The company adopts more aggressive financial policies,
including debt-financed dividend or large acquisitions;

-- The TRA liability significantly increases or TRA payments
accelerate to an unsustainable level; or

S&P unfavorably reassess its view of business risk, which could
occur due to intensifying competition from existing or new entrants
into the premium hair care space, damaging the company's very high
cash flow and profit margins.

While unlikely over the next 12 months, S&P could raise its rating
if:

-- The company demonstrates its ability to grow organically while
maintaining its strong margins;

-- It gradually increases its scale, while diversifying and
expanding the portfolio; and

-- S&P expects Advent to relinquish control over several years,
and the company demonstrates financial policies that lead it to
believe it will maintain adjusted leverage below 4x.

ESG credit indicators: E-2, S-2, G-2

S&P said, "ESG factors have had no material influence on our credit
rating analysis of Olaplex. Our governance score reflects important
minority ownership following the IPO and over one-third of the
board consisting of professional independent members."



ORIGIN AGRITECH: Incurs RMB127.1M Net Loss in FY Ended Sept. 30
---------------------------------------------------------------
Origin Agritech Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission its Annual Report on Form 20-F disclosing a net loss of
RMB127.08 million on RMB46.43 million of revenues for the year
ended Sept. 30, 2021, compared to a net loss of RMB102.84 million
on RMB52.51 million of revenue for the year ended Sept. 30, 2020.

As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company had RMB119.04 million in total
assets, RMB304.64 million in total liabilities, and a total deficit
of RMB185.60 million.

Lakewood, Colorado-based B F Borgers CPA PC, the Company's auditor
since 2020, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated Feb. 4, 2022, citing that the Company incurred recurring
losses from operations, has net current liabilities and an
accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability
to continue as a going concern.

A full-text copy of the Form 20-F is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/ix?doc=/Archives/edgar/data/1321851/000141057822000076/seed-20210930x20f.htm

                        About Origin Agritech

Headquartered in Beijing, China, Origin Agritech Limited, along
with its subsidiaries, is focused on agricultural biotechnology and
an agricultural oriented e-commerce platform, operating in the PRC.
The Company's seed research and development activities specialize
in crop seed breeding and genetic improvement.  The e-commerce
activities will focus on delivering agricultural products to
farmers in China via online and mobile ordering and tracking the
source of the agricultural products via blockchain technologies.


OXFORD FINANCE: Fitch Rates USD400MM Unsec. Notes 'BB-'
-------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB-' rating to the $400 million of
6.375% five-year unsecured notes co-issued by Oxford Finance LLC
and its debt-issuing subsidiary Oxford Finance Co-Issuer II Inc.
Proceeds are expected to be used to repay existing unsecured debt
and for general corporate purposes.

The assignment of the final ratings follows the receipt of
documents conforming to information already received. The final
ratings are the same as the expected rating assigned to the
unsecured notes on Jan. 24, 2022.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

The senior unsecured debt rating is one notch below the Long-Term
Issuer Default Rating (IDR), given the high balance sheet
encumbrance and the largely secured funding profile, which
indicates weaker recovery prospects under a stress scenario.

Oxford's ratings reflect its solid franchise in the health
care/life sciences sectors, focus on senior lending, which has led
to strong asset quality performance historically, relatively
consistent operating performance through market cycles, adequate
liquidity profile and experienced management team.

Rating constraints include higher leverage compared to business
development company (BDC) peers, a largely secured funding profile,
which reduces funding flexibility, and the potential liquidity and
leverage impact from meaningful draws on portfolio company revolver
commitments. Constraints also include a highly competitive
underwriting conditions in the middle market, within life sciences
and health care specifically, and a modest degree of key person
risk associated with J. Alden Philbrick, who founded Oxford in 1987
and has since served as President and CEO.

Leverage is expected to remain relatively stable following the $400
million unsecured note issuance, as a portion of the proceeds will
be used to repay $300 million of unsecured debt. Oxford's leverage
is higher than rated BDCs, but relatively consistent with
commercial lending peers, and is within Fitch's 'bbb' category
benchmark range of 0.75x-4.0x for finance and leasing companies
with an operating environment score of 'bbb'.

Oxford's funding profile is largely secured, but is relatively
diversified. At Sept. 30, 2021, the company had seven different
revolving lending facilities from over a dozen banks, in addition
to four securitizations, an asset-backed notes agreement and $300
million of unsecured notes. Pro forma for the $400 million
unsecured issuance, unsecured debt would represent 18% of total
debt, which is below BDCs and within Fitch's 'b and below' funding,
liquidity and coverage benchmark range of less than 20% for finance
and leasing companies with an operating environment score of
'bbb'.

Fitch does not expect a material change in the company's funding
mix over the Outlook horizon, which will continue to constrain the
ratings.

The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation that, over the
Outlook horizon, Oxford will retain underwriting discipline, given
the competitive market conditions, demonstrate sound credit
performance, manage leverage within the targeted range and maintain
sufficient liquidity to fund potential draws on unfunded
commitments.

SUBSIDIARY RATINGS

Oxford Finance Co-Issuer II Inc.'s Long-Term IDR and unsecured debt
rating are equalized with its parent, as it is a wholly owned
finance subsidiary of Oxford.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

The unsecured debt rating is expected to move in tandem with the
Long-Term IDR. However, a material increase in the proportion of
unsecured funding or the creation of a sufficient unencumbered
asset pool, which alters Fitch's view of the recovery prospects for
the debt class, could result in the unsecured debt rating being
equalized with the IDR.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Increased portfolio diversification by sector and issuer, a
    sustained reduction in leverage below 3.0x, improved funding
    flexibility, as evidenced by unsecured debt approaching 30% of
    total debt, and strong and differentiated credit performance
    of recent vintages;

-- Any ratings upgrade would be contingent on the maintenance of
    consistent operating performance and a sufficient liquidity
    profile.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- A sustained increase in leverage above the targeted range,
    material deterioration in asset quality, an inability to
    maintain sufficient liquidity to fund operating expenses and
    revolver draws, a change in the perceived risk profile of the
    portfolio, and/or damage to the firm's franchise which
    negatively impacts its access to deal flow and industry
    relationships;

-- Additionally, any change in the funding mix, such as a
    sustained decline in the proportion of unsecured funding,
    could lead to an adverse rating action.

SUBSIDIARY RATINGS

Oxford Finance Co-Issuer II Inc.'s Long-Term IDR and unsecured debt
rating are linked to the parent and expected to move in tandem.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Financial Institutions and
Covered Bond issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of four notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


PEDIATRIC ASSOCIATES: Moody's Rates New $100MM Term Loan 'B2'
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B2 rating to Pediatric
Associates Holding Company, LLC's new $100 million Delayed Draw
Term Loan (DDTL). There is no change to the B2 Corporate Family
Rating, B2-PD Probability of Default Rating, and B2 ratings to the
first lien senior secured credit facilities. The outlook remains
unchanged at stable.

Pediatric Associates plans to upsize its $600 million Term Loan to
$660 million and issue a new $100 million Delayed Draw Term Loan.
Proceeds will be used to repay draws on the revolving credit
facility, add cash to the balance sheet, finance acquisitions and
investments, and pay related fees and expenses. The B2 rating
assigned to the proposed DDTL reflect their senior secured interest
in substantially all assets of the borrowers and absence of junior
capital in the company's proposed capital structure.

Assignments:

Issuer: Pediatric Associates Holding Company, LLC

Senior Secured 1st Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan, Assigned B2
(LGD3)

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B2 CFR reflects Pediatric Associates' moderately high financial
leverage, with Moody's-adjusted debt/EBITDA around 4.5 times pro
forma for the proposed transaction. The rating is also constrained
by the company's modest scale and significant concentration in two
states, Florida and Texas. Further, Moody's believes Pediatric
Associates will continue to actively expand through acquisitions
that Moody's expects will be funded with a mix of excess cash and
additional financial debt. As a result, Moody's expects adjusted
debt/EBITDA will remain in a range of 4.0-5.0x over the next 12-18
months.

The rating is supported by Pediatric Associates' solid position in
the highly fragmented pediatric care market which offers solid
growth prospects and good profitability. Despite some exposure to
direct government reimbursement (about 50% of revenue is from
Managed Medicaid), the rating also incorporates commercial payor
diversification, predictable revenue from capitation contracts with
commercial payors, and a seasoned executive team.

Pediatric Associates will maintain good liquidity over the next
12-18 months, with no near-term debt maturities. Liquidity will be
supported by the new 5-year revolving credit facility that provides
for borrowings of $100 million, which Moody's expect will be
undrawn. This facility has a springing First Lien Net Leverage
Covenant of 7.0x when 35% drawn. Moody's expects the company to
make minimal draws on this facility over the next 12 months.
Alternative sources of liquidity are limited as substantially all
assets are pledged. There is no financial covenant on the term
loans.

In its stable outlook, Moody's expects that Pediatric Associates
will operate with a leverage between 4.0-5.0x over the next 12-18
months and will prudently manage its expansion and cash.

Moody's considers Pediatric Associates to face social risks such as
the rising concerns around the access and affordability of
healthcare services. However, Moody's does not consider Pediatric
Associates to face the same level of social risk as many other
healthcare providers, like hospitals. Given its high percentage of
revenue generated from Managed Medicaid, Pediatric Associates is
also exposed to regulatory changes and state budget challenges.
Among governance considerations, the company is likely to employ
high financial leverage and active acquisition strategy to grow its
business.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be downgraded if Pediatric Associates' operating
performance deteriorates, liquidity weakens, or if the company
experiences material integration related disruptions. Additionally,
the ratings could be downgraded if Moody's expects debt/EBITDA to
be sustained above 5.5 times. Further, debt-funded shareholder
returns or other aggressive financial policies could also result in
a downgrade.

The ratings could be upgraded if Pediatric Associates demonstrates
a track record of positive free cash flow, and effectively manages
its growth with prudent financial policies. Increased scale and
diversification would also support an upgrade. Further, the ratings
could be upgraded if adjusted debt to EBITDA is sustained below 4.0
times.

Pediatric Associates Holding Company, LLC ("Pediatrics Associates")
is the largest pediatric practice management company in the highly
fragmented U.S. pediatric market. The company employs over 750
clinicians seeing over 3 million annual visits across 6 states (180
locations). Pediatric Associates offers primary and specialty care,
laboratory, diagnostic and care management services, as well as
24/7 telehealth access. Pediatric Associates reported revenue of
$492 million in the last twelve months ended September 30, 2021.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.


PEDIATRIC ASSOCIATES: S&P Rates New Delayed Draw Term Loan 'B'
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Pediatric Associates Holding Co. LLC's proposed
$100 million delayed draw term loan. The '3' recovery rating
indicates its expectation for meaningful recovery (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 50%) in the event of a hypothetical default. The company
is also proposing a $60 million add-on to its first-lien term
loan.

S&P's 'B' issuer credit and issue-level ratings on the company's
existing first-lien debt remain unchanged. The recovery rating
remains '3'.

S&P said, "We expect Pediatric Associates to use $39 million of
proceeds from the add-on to pay for specific acquisitions and $10
million to repay amounts drawn on the revolver. We expect the
company to use the $100 million delayed draw term loan for future
acquisitions to support the company's acquisition-driven growth
strategy.

"The incremental debt proposed is consistent with our assumptions
of about $100 million of acquisition spend per year within the
company's debt capacity for the current 'B' rating.

"The ratings on Pediatric Associates continue to reflect the
company's modest scale in a highly fragmented and competitive
market for primary care services for children, with substantial
geographic and payor concentration (54% of revenue from Medicaid).
Moreover, we expect its exposure to value-based care contracts may
add to volatility of its profitability. The rating also reflects
our expectation for adjusted leverage to generally remain between
5x and 7.5x."



PETER SZANTO: District Court Affirms Order Allowing IRS Claim
-------------------------------------------------------------
Peter Szanto appeals from the Bankruptcy Court's order overruling
his objection to the proof of claim by the United States Department
of the Treasury, Internal Revenue Services, and order denying his
motion for reconsideration.

On November 10, 2016, the IRS submitted Proof of Claim 3-1 in the
bankruptcy proceedings, claiming it was owed $74,746 by Appellant
for tax years 2007, 2009, and 2010. This claim was amended
approximately 20 times, after Appellant made routine payments. At
some point, the IRS filed Proof of Claim 3-21, which apparently
asserted that Appellant owed the IRS $65,662.  On September 5, 9,
and 13, 2019, Appellant filed objections to Proof of Claim 3-21.
Appellant argued that the tax liabilities for tax years 2007, 2009,
and 2010 had been paid in full.

The United States responded to the objection, noting the IRS had
amended its Proof of Claim on September 12, 2019, and submitted
Proof of Claim 3-22. That Proof of Claim removed the 2010 tax
liability and reduced the requested amount to $24,937, for tax
years 2007 and 2009. The United States also contended that
Appellant's objection should be denied for lack of evidence that
the 2007 and 2009 tax liabilities were paid in full. IRS Proof of
Claim 3-22 asserted a priority claim of $2,960 based on tax and
interest on tax for the 2009 tax year (assessed on November 28,
2016) and unsecured general claims totaling $21,977, comprised of
(1) tax, interests on tax, penalties, and interest on penalties for
2009 and (2) interest, penalties, and interest on penalties for
2007. There was no tax due for the 2007 tax year.

The Bankruptcy Court held a hearing on November 5, 2019. The
Bankruptcy Court overruled Appellant's objection on all grounds
except whether the 2007 and 2009 tax liabilities had been paid in
full. The Bankruptcy Court allowed Appellant 28 days to provide
supplemental evidence as to payment of those debts. On December 3,
2019, Appellant filed his response.

On March 5, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court held an evidentiary hearing
on Appellant's objection and took the matter under advisement. On
March 19, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court held a hearing and issued an
oral ruling on the record, overruling Appellant's remaining
objection. The Bankruptcy Court found that the IRS claim was
properly filed and is prima facie evidence of the validity and the
amount of the claim, and that Appellant had not presented adequate
evidence to rebut the claim's validity. The Bankruptcy Court
subsequently entered a written order on March 31, 2020 overruling
Appellant's objection. Appellant then filed a motion for new trial,
which the Bankruptcy Court construed as a motion for
reconsideration under Bankruptcy Rule 3008. On April 20, 2020, the
Bankruptcy Court denied the motion for reconsideration. On May 5,
2020, Appellant timely appealed the Bankruptcy Court's order
overruling Appellant's objection and order denying his motion for
reconsideration.

Judge Michael H. Simon of the United States District Court for the
District of Oregon holds that the Bankruptcy Court did not err in
overruling the objection and allowing the Proof of Claim, and
denying the motion for reconsideration.  The Court affirms the
Bankruptcy Court's decisions.

The Court finds that Appellant has not met his burden to show that
the Bankruptcy Court erred in its evaluation of the 2007 tax year.
The Bankruptcy Court did not err in concluding that Appellant did
not present adequate reliable evidence to overcome the prima facie
evidence of the validity and amount of the IRS Claim. The Court
thus upholds the Bankruptcy Court's rulings pertaining to the 2007
tax year.

The Court finds no support for Appellant's allegation that the
misspelling of his wife's name was intentional and malicious or
renders the IRS's evidence unreliable. Nor does the printing of
only the first four letters of the names in the tax transcripts
render the IRS's materials unreliable, Judge Simon points out.
Philip Kushner, an IRS employee, testified that the misspelling is
a typographical error, and that he pulled the IRS transcripts using
Appellant and his wife's social security numbers and did not have
the ability to change taxpayers' names. He testified that personal
identifiable information, including full names, may be partially or
completely redacted on a transcript. Given Kushner's experience at
the IRS, as well as his logical and plausible testimony, the Court
agrees with Kushner and the Bankruptcy Court that the IRS'
misspelling of Mrs. Szanto's first name was a typographical error
and was not malicious or intentional. The Court finds that the IRS
also did not maliciously or intentionally redact either Appellant
or his wife's names, did not spoliate evidence, and there is no
reason to find the evidence unreliable. Therefore, the Bankruptcy
Court did not err in rejecting Appellant's arguments on these
issues.

Considering Appellant's arguments for reconsideration and the
Bankruptcy Court's decision, the Court finds that the Bankruptcy
Court did not abuse its discretion in denying Appellant's motion
for reconsideration. The Bankruptcy Court applied the correct legal
standard and its application of that standard to the facts was not
illogical, implausible, or without support in inferences that may
be drawn from the facts in the record.

Accordingly, the Court affirms in part and remands in part the
decision of the Bankruptcy Court. The Bankruptcy Court's decision
is affirmed, except the Court remands to the Bankruptcy Court the
issue of whether the IRS may claim an additional deficiency of
$1,497 for tax year 2009.

A full-text copy of the Opinion and Order dated January 31, 2022,
is available at https://tinyurl.com/2mf7w9sx from Leagle.com.

Peter Szanto, Appellant Pro Se.

David A. Hubbert , Acting Assistant Attorney General and Boris
Kukso , Trial Attorney, Tax Division, U.S. DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE,
Washington, D.C. Of Attorneys for Defendant.

Peter Szanto filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. D. Nev. Case No.
13-51261) on June 25, 2013.


PHUNWARE INC: Signs $100M Sales Agreement With H.C. Wainwright
--------------------------------------------------------------
Phunware, Inc. entered into an At Market Issuance Sales Agreement
with H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC on Jan. 31, 2022, pursuant to which
the Company may offer and sell, from time to time, shares of the
Company's common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, for aggregate
gross proceeds of up to $100,000,000, through or to Wainwright, as
agent or principal.

Sales of shares of common stock under the Sales Agreement will be
made pursuant to the Company's shelf registration statement on Form
S-3 (File No. 333-262461) and a related prospectus, as supplemented
by a prospectus supplement, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

The Company is not obligated to sell any shares of common stock
under the Sales Agreement.  Each time the Company wishes to issue
and sell shares of common stock under the Sales Agreement, the
Company will notify Wainwright of the number of shares to be
issued, the dates on which such sales are anticipated to be made,
any limitation on the number of shares to be sold in any one day
and any minimum price below which sales may not be made.  Once the
Company has so instructed Wainwright, unless Wainwright declines to
accept the terms of such notice, Wainwright has agreed to use its
commercially reasonable efforts consistent with its normal trading
and sales practices and applicable state and federal laws, rules
and regulations and the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC to
sell such shares up to the amount specified on such terms.

Under the terms of the Sales Agreement, Wainwright may sell shares
by any method that is deemed to be an "at the market offering" as
defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.  Wainwright's obligations to sell shares under the Sales
Agreement are subject to satisfaction of certain conditions,
including customary closing conditions for transactions of this
nature.  The Company will pay Wainwright a commission of up to 3.0%
of the gross proceeds of the sale price per share for shares of its
common stock sold through or to Wainwright pursuant to the Sales
Agreement.  The Company has agreed to provide Wainwright with
customary indemnification and contribution rights and to reimburse
Wainwright for certain specified expenses.

The offering of shares of common stock pursuant to the Sales
Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the sale of all
shares of common stock subject to the Sales Agreement and (ii) the
termination of the Sales Agreement as permitted therein.  The
Company and Wainwright may each terminate the Sales Agreement at
any time upon five days' prior written notice.

As previously disclosed on April 7, 2021, the Company entered into
an At Market Issuance Sales Agreement with B. Riley Securities,
Inc., as sales agent, pursuant to which the Company could offer and
sell, from time to time, through B. Riley shares of its common
stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

On Feb. 4, 2022, the Company delivered written notice to B. Riley
that it had elected to terminate the April 2021 ATM Sales Agreement
effective as of Feb. 9, 2022, five days after delivery of the
notice.  The Company will not incur any material early termination
penalties in connection with the termination of the April 2021 ATM
Sales Agreement.

                           About Phunware

Headquartered in Austin, Texas, Phunware, Inc. --
http://www.phunware.com-- offers a fully integrated software
platform that equips companies with the products, solutions and
services necessary to engage, manage and monetize their mobile
application portfolios globally at scale.

Phunware reported a net loss of $22.20 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, a net loss of $12.87 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2019, and a net loss of $9.80 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2018.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the Company had $31.95
million in total assets, $18.93 million in total liabilities, and
$13.03 million in total stockholders' equity.


PRO-DEMOLITION INC: Gets Cash Collateral Access
-----------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida,
Orlando Division, has authorized Pro-Demolition, Inc. to use cash
collateral nunc pro tunc to petition date on an interim basis.

The Debtor is authorized to use cash collateral to pay: (a) amounts
expressly authorized by the Court; (b) the current and necessary
expenses set forth in the budget, plus an amount not to exceed 10%
for each line item; and (c) such additional amounts as may be
expressly approved in writing by Small Business Administration. The
authorization will continue six weeks, consistent with the attached
budget, however, the parties may jointly agree to extend the
authorization by submitting an agreed order reflecting such
extension.

As adequate protection, the SBA will have replacement lien on its
post-petition cash collateral to the same extent and with the same
validity and priority as their prepetition lien, without the need
to file or execute any documents as may otherwise be required under
applicable non-bankruptcy law.

A continued hearing on the matter is scheduled for March 10 at 3
p.m.

A copy of the order is available at https://bit.ly/3rA6pWT from
PacerMonitor.com.

                    About Pro-Demolition, Inc.

Pro-Demolition, Inc. is a demolition company doing business since
1999. The Debtor engages in building structure demolition, land
clearing, tree removal, and excavation, for residential and
commercial properties.  The Debtor sought protection under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M. D. Fla. Case No.
22-00267) on January 26, 2022. In the petition signed by Mickey
Grosman, president, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both
assets and liabilities.

Judge Lori V. Vaughan oversees the case.

Justin M. Luna, Esq., at Latham Luna Eden and Beaudine LLP is the
Debtor's counsel.



PUERTO RICO: Court Orders Senate to End PREPA Contract Suit
-----------------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 reports that a federal judge has ordered
Puerto Rico's Senate to withdraw a suit seeking to invalidate the
Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority's  (PREPA) power grid
management contract, saying the action violates the bankruptcy stay
protecting the utility from litigation.

In an order issued Monday, February 7, 2022, afternoon, U.S.
District Court Judge Laura Taylor Swain said the Senate's suit
seeking a ruling that PREPA's grid contract violated Puerto Rican
law is an attempt to exercise control over the utility's property
in violation of the Bankruptcy Code and must come to an end. In
2017, PREPA filed for bankruptcy under the Puerto Rico Oversight,
Management and Economic Stability Act of 2016.

                      About Puerto Rico

Puerto Rico is a self-governing commonwealth in association with
the United States that's facing a massive bond debt of $70 billion,
a 68% debt-to-GDP ratio and negative economic growth in nine of
the
last 10 years.

The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico has sought bankruptcy protection,
aiming to restructure its massive $74 billion debt-load and $49
billion in pension obligations.

The debt restructuring petition was filed by Puerto Rico's
financial oversight board in U.S. District Court in Puerto Rico
(Case No. 17-01578) on May 3, 2017, and was made under Title III of
2016's U.S. Congressional rescue law known as the Puerto Rico
Oversight, Management, and Economic Stability Act ('PROMESA').

The Financial Oversight and Management Board later commenced Title
III cases for the Puerto Rico Sales Tax Financing Corporation
(COFINA) on May 5, 2017, and the Employees Retirement System (ERS)
and the Puerto Rico Highways and Transportation Authority (HTA) on
May 21, 2017. On July 2, 2017, a Title III case was commenced for
the Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority ("PREPA").

U.S. Chief Justice John Roberts has appointed U.S. District Judge
Laura Taylor Swain to oversee the Title III cases. The Honorable
Judith Dein, a United States Magistrate Judge for the District of
Massachusetts, has been designated to preside over matters that may
be referred to her by Judge Swain, including discovery disputes,
and management of other pretrial proceedings.

Joint administration of the Title III cases, under Lead Case No.
17-3283, was granted on June 29, 2017.

The Oversight Board has hired as advisors, Proskauer Rose LLP and
O'Neill & Borges LLC as legal counsel, McKinsey & Co. as strategic
consultant, Citigroup Global Markets, as municipal investment
banker, and Ernst & Young, as financial advisor.

Martin J. Bienenstock, Esq., Scott K. Rutsky, Esq., and Philip M.
Abelson, Esq., of Proskauer Rose; and Hermann D. Bauer, Esq., at
O'Neill & Borges are on-board as attorneys.

McKinsey & Co. is the Board's strategic consultant, Ernst & Young
is the Board's financial advisor, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
is the Board's municipal investment banker.

Prime Clerk LLC is the claims and noticing agent. Prime Clerk
maintains a case web site at
https://cases.primeclerk.com/puertorico

Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions LLC is the service agent for ERS, HTA,
and PREPA.

O'Melveny & Myers LLP is counsel to the Commonwealth's Puerto Rico
Fiscal Agency and Financial Advisory Authority (AAFAF), the agency
responsible for negotiations with bondholders.

The Oversight Board named Professor Nancy B. Rapoport as fee
examiner and to chair a committee to review professionals' fees.


PURDUE PHARMA: Canadian Entities Seek Late Appeal
-------------------------------------------------
Bonnie Eslinger of Law360 reports that Canadian entities are
seeking permission to file a late appeal to a New York federal
court ruling that vacated Purdue Pharma's Chapter 11 plan, saying
Tuesday, February 8, 2022, there are unresolved issues related to
their claims that won't be covered by the drugmaker's challenge in
the Second Circuit.

The group members, including First Nations people and Canadian
municipalities, were among appellants who challenged the bankruptcy
court's confirmation of the multibillion-dollar plan because it
provides releases to members of the Sackler family who had been
involved in the management of Purdue while the company was
aggressively marketing the controversial opioid medication
OxyContin.

                     About Purdue Pharma LP

Purdue Pharma L.P. and its subsidiaries --
http://www.purduepharma.com/-- develop and provide prescription
medicines and consumer products that meet the evolving needs of
healthcare professionals, patients, consumers and caregivers.

Purdue's subsidiaries include Adlon Therapeutics L.P., focused on
treatment for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and
related disorders; Avrio Health L.P., a consumer health  products
company that champions an improved quality of life for people in
the United States through the reimagining of innovative product
solutions; Imbrium Therapeutics L.P., established to further
advance the emerging portfolio and develop the pipeline in the
areas of CNS, non-opioid pain medicines, and select oncology
through internal research, strategic collaborations and
partnerships; and Greenfield Bioventures L.P., an investment
vehicle focused on value-inflection in early stages of clinical
development.

Opioid makers in the U.S. are facing pressure from a crackdown on
the addictive drug in the wake of the opioid crisis and as state
attorneys general file lawsuits against manufacturers. More than
2,000 states, counties, municipalities and Native American
governments have sued Purdue Pharma and other pharmaceutical
companies for their role in the opioid crisis in the U.S., which
has contributed to the more than 700,000 drug overdose deaths in
the U.S. since 1999.

OxyContin, Purdue Pharma's most prominent pain medication, has been
the target of over 2,600 civil actions pending in various state and
federal courts and other fora across the United States and its
territories.

On Sept. 15 and 16, 2019, Purdue Pharma L.P. and 23 affiliated
debtors each filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No.
19-23649), after reaching terms of a preliminary agreement for
settling the massive opioid litigation. The Debtors' consolidated
balance sheet as of Aug. 31, 2019, showed $1.972 billion in assets
and $562 million in liabilities.

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain oversees the cases.   

The Debtors tapped Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP and Dechert, LLP as
legal counsel; PJT Partners as investment banker; AlixPartners as
financial advisor; and Grant Thornton, LLP as tax structuring
consultant. Prime Clerk LLC is the claims agent.

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP and Bayard, P.A., represent the
official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Debtors'
bankruptcy cases.

David M. Klauder, Esq., is the fee examiner appointed in the
Debtors' cases. The fee examiner is represented by Bielli &
Klauder, LLC.

                          *     *     *

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain in early September 2021 approved
a plan to turn Purdue into a new company (Knoa Pharma LLC) no
longer owned by members of the Sackler family, with its profits
going to fight the opioid epidemic. The Sackler family agreed to
pay $4.3 billion over nine years to the states and private
plaintiffs and in exchange for a lifetime legal immunity. The deal
resolves some 3,000 lawsuits filed by state and local governments,
Native American tribes, unions, hospitals and others who claimed
the company's marketing of prescription opioids helped spark and
continue an overdose epidemic.

Separate appeals to approval of the Plan have already been filed by
the U.S. Bankruptcy Trustee, California, Connecticut, the District
of Columbia, Maryland, Rhode Island and Washington state, plus some
Canadian local governments and other Canadian entities.

Purdue filed its Chapter 11 Plan on March 15, 2021.  A 12th amended
Chapter 11 plan was filed on Sept. 2, 2021, which was confirmed on
Sept. 17.  Purdue divides the claims against it into several
categories, one of which it calls "PI Claims," consisting of claims
"for alleged opioid-related personal injury."  The plan provides
for the creation of the "PI Trust," which will administer all PI
Claims.  The trust will be funded with an initial distribution of
$300 million on the effective date of the Chapter 11 plan, followed
by a distribution of $200 million in 2024, and distributions of
$100 million in 2025 and 2026. In sum, "[t]he PI Trust will receive
at least $700 million in value, and may receive an additional $50
million depending on the amount of proceeds received on account of
certain of Purdue's insurance policies."

The Plan further provides that Purdue's ability to recover from its
insurers will be vested in a "Master Disbursement Trust."  To the
extent any proceeds are recovered from Purdue's insurers with
respect to the PI Claims, up to $450 million of those proceeds will
be channeled from the MDT to the PI Trust. However, the PI Trust
will be funded regardless of whether anything is recovered from
Purdue's insurers.  Instead, "[d]istributions to the PI Trust are
subject to prepayment on a rolling basis as insurance proceeds from
certain of Purdue's insurance policies are received by the MDT and
paid forward to the PI Trust."


PURDUE PHARMA: States, Sacklers 'Even Closer' to Bigger Opioid Deal
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Jeremy Hill, writing for Bloomberg News, reports that members of
the billionaire Sackler family that own Purdue Pharma LP are "even
closer" to a deal that would increase their contribution to the
OxyContin maker's embattled opioid settlement, a court-appointed
mediator said in a report Tuesday, February 8, 2022.

The family and a handful of state attorneys general who have been
fighting Purdue's opioid settlement are closing in on a deal that
would provide new money on top of the $4.325 billion the company's
owners already pledged as well as "certain material non-economic
terms," U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Shelley Chapman, who is overseeing
the talks, said in her report.

                     About Purdue Pharma LP

Purdue Pharma L.P. and its subsidiaries --
http://www.purduepharma.com/-- develop and provide prescription
medicines and consumer products that meet the evolving needs of
healthcare professionals, patients, consumers and caregivers.

Purdue's subsidiaries include Adlon Therapeutics L.P., focused on
treatment for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and
related disorders; Avrio Health L.P., a consumer health  products
company that champions an improved quality of life for people in
the United States through the reimagining of innovative product
solutions; Imbrium Therapeutics L.P., established to further
advance the emerging portfolio and develop the pipeline in the
areas of CNS, non-opioid pain medicines, and select oncology
through internal research, strategic collaborations and
partnerships; and Greenfield Bioventures L.P., an investment
vehicle focused on value-inflection in early stages of clinical
development.

Opioid makers in the U.S. are facing pressure from a crackdown on
the addictive drug in the wake of the opioid crisis and as state
attorneys general file lawsuits against manufacturers. More than
2,000 states, counties, municipalities and Native American
governments have sued Purdue Pharma and other pharmaceutical
companies for their role in the opioid crisis in the U.S., which
has contributed to the more than 700,000 drug overdose deaths in
the U.S. since 1999.

OxyContin, Purdue Pharma's most prominent pain medication, has been
the target of over 2,600 civil actions pending in various state and
federal courts and other fora across the United States and its
territories.

On Sept. 15 and 16, 2019, Purdue Pharma L.P. and 23 affiliated
debtors each filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No.
19-23649), after reaching terms of a preliminary agreement for
settling the massive opioid litigation. The Debtors' consolidated
balance sheet as of Aug. 31, 2019, showed $1.972 billion in assets
and $562 million in liabilities.

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain oversees the cases.   

The Debtors tapped Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP and Dechert, LLP as
legal counsel; PJT Partners as investment banker; AlixPartners as
financial advisor; and Grant Thornton, LLP as tax structuring
consultant. Prime Clerk LLC is the claims agent.

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP and Bayard, P.A., represent the
official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Debtors'
bankruptcy cases.

David M. Klauder, Esq., is the fee examiner appointed in the
Debtors' cases. The fee examiner is represented by Bielli &
Klauder, LLC.

                          *     *     *

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain in early September 2021 approved
a plan to turn Purdue into a new company (Knoa Pharma LLC) no
longer owned by members of the Sackler family, with its profits
going to fight the opioid epidemic. The Sackler family agreed to
pay $4.3 billion over nine years to the states and private
plaintiffs and in exchange for a lifetime legal immunity. The deal
resolves some 3,000 lawsuits filed by state and local governments,
Native American tribes, unions, hospitals and others who claimed
the company's marketing of prescription opioids helped spark and
continue an overdose epidemic.

Separate appeals to approval of the Plan have already been filed by
the U.S. Bankruptcy Trustee, California, Connecticut, the District
of Columbia, Maryland, Rhode Island and Washington state, plus some
Canadian local governments and other Canadian entities.

Purdue filed its Chapter 11 Plan on March 15, 2021.  A 12th amended
Chapter 11 plan was filed on Sept. 2, 2021, which was confirmed on
Sept. 17.  Purdue divides the claims against it into several
categories, one of which it calls "PI Claims," consisting of claims
"for alleged opioid-related personal injury."  The plan provides
for the creation of the "PI Trust," which will administer all PI
Claims.  The trust will be funded with an initial distribution of
$300 million on the effective date of the Chapter 11 plan, followed
by a distribution of $200 million in 2024, and distributions of
$100 million in 2025 and 2026. In sum, "[t]he PI Trust will receive
at least $700 million in value, and may receive an additional $50
million depending on the amount of proceeds received on account of
certain of Purdue's insurance policies."

The Plan further provides that Purdue's ability to recover from its
insurers will be vested in a "Master Disbursement Trust."  To the
extent any proceeds are recovered from Purdue's insurers with
respect to the PI Claims, up to $450 million of those proceeds will
be channeled from the MDT to the PI Trust. However, the PI Trust
will be funded regardless of whether anything is recovered from
Purdue's insurers.  Instead, "[d]istributions to the PI Trust are
subject to prepayment on a rolling basis as insurance proceeds from
certain of Purdue's insurance policies are received by the MDT and
paid forward to the PI Trust."



REMINGTON OUTDOOR: Gets Bid From LDJ Led by US Postal Chief DeJoy
-----------------------------------------------------------------
James Nani of Bloomberg Law reports that Remington Outdoor Co.
receives bid from company, LDJ Global Strategies, led by U.S.
Postal chief Louis DeJoy.

A real estate investment business led by U.S. Postmaster General
Louis DeJoy is aiming to buy a Remington Outdoor Co. Inc. facility
in North Carolina for $875,000.

Remington designated DeJoy's company, LDJ Global Strategies LLC, as
the stalking horse bidder in an upcoming bankruptcy auction for the
200-year-old gun maker's corporate office facility in Madison,
N.C., according to a court notice filed Monday.

The auction follows bankruptcy court approval of Remington's plan
to liquidate and dissolve following the sale of most of its
assets.

                    About Remington Outdoor

Remington Outdoor Company, Inc. and its affiliates are
manufacturers of firearms, ammunition and related products for
commercial, military, and law enforcement customers throughout the
world.  They operate seven manufacturing facilities located across
the United States.  The companies' principal headquarters are
located in Huntsville, Alabama.

Remington Outdoor Company and its affiliates sought protection
under  Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ala. Lead
Case No. 20-81688) on July 27, 2020. At the time of the filing,
Remington disclosed assets of between $100 million and $500 million
and liabilities of the same range.

Judge Clifton R. Jessup Jr. oversees the cases.

The Debtors have tapped O'Melveny & Myers LLP as their bankruptcy
counsel, Burr & Forman LLP as local counsel, M-III Advisory
Partners LP as financial advisor, Ducera Partners LLC as investment
banker, and Prime Clerk LLC as notice, claims and balloting agent.

The U.S. Bankruptcy Administrator for the Northern District of
Alabama appointed a committee of unsecured creditors on Aug. 6,
2020. The committee is represented by Fox Rothschild, LLP and Baker
Donelson Bearman Caldwell & Berkowitz, PC.


ROYAL ALICE: District Court Won't Revive Suit vs AMAG
-----------------------------------------------------
A month after Royal Alice Properties filed a voluntary petition for
bankruptcy relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, it
instituted an adversary proceeding against AMAG, Inc., seeking a
determination of the validity, extent, and priority of AMAG's lien
on properties owned by the debtor. Both the debtor and AMAG filed
cross-motions for summary judgment.

On September 4, 2020, while the adversary proceeding was pending,
the bankruptcy court ordered the appointment of a Chapter 11
trustee. Following the appointment of a trustee, Susan Hoffman
filed a motion to intervene in her individual capacity as the sole
member of the debtor LLC. Hoffman is the debtor's sole equity
security holder.

On November 25, 2020, the bankruptcy court granted AMAG's motion
for summary judgment, denied debtor's motion for summary judgment,
and entered a judgment dismissing debtor's complaint for
declaratory relief. Following dismissal of the case, the bankruptcy
court struck the hearing it had set for December 2, 2020 on
Hoffman's motion for intervention.

In December 2020, the trustee's counsel informed Hoffman's
attorneys (pre-trustee counsel to the debtor), pre-trustee
management, and Hoffman that the trustee would not appeal the
bankruptcy court's decision, and that only the trustee had
authority to institute an appeal on behalf of the debtor. On
December 9, 2020, the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Louisiana received a notice of appeal, purportedly
filed on behalf of the debtor, challenging the bankruptcy court's
grant of appellee's motion for summary judgment.  

Although the notice of appeal stated that the party appealing was
"Royal Alice Properties, LLC," it was actually Hoffman who
instituted the appeal, through her attorneys who had served as
pre-trustee counsel to the debtor. In addition to filing the notice
of appeal on behalf of the debtor, Hoffman also filed a motion to
intervene in the appeal.

On September 7, 2021, the District Court granted AMAG's motion to
dismiss, holding that, because Hoffman filed the notice of appeal
on behalf of the corporate debtor, without authorization from the
trustee, the appeal was invalid. Given the dismissal of the appeal,
the District Court additionally held Hoffman's motion to intervene
was moot, and that even if it was not moot, it was untimely under
Bankruptcy Rule 8013(g). The Debtor and Hoffman now move for
rehearing of the Court's September 7, 2021 Order and Reasons,
asserting that the Court erred in dismissing the appeal and denying
Hoffman's motion for intervention.

District Judge Sarah S. Vance now denies the motion to reconsider.
Despite the petitioners' assertions to the contrary, and even
construing the notice of appeal broadly, the Court does not find
the dismissal of Hoffman's initial intervention was part of the
petitioners' appeal. According to Judge Vance, the petitioners do
not explain why Hoffman moved to intervene a second time in this
case, if the dismissal of her original intervention attempt was
already pending the District Court's appellate review.  That the
petitioners affirmatively sought intervention before the District
Court significantly undermines their assertion that they intended
to include the issue of intervention in their notice of appeal, the
judge points out.

Judge Vance concludes the petitioners have failed to show that the
Court "would have reached a different result had it been aware of
its mistaken use of facts or law." Accordingly, the Court denies
the petitioners' rehearing request regarding the scope of their
notice of appeal.

A full-text copy of the Order and Reasons dated January 31, 2022,
is available at https://tinyurl.com/y7vv29aa from Leagle.com.

The case is ROYAL ALICE PROPERTIES, LLC, Appellants, v. AMAG, INC.,
Appellees. SECTION "R" (3), Civil Action No. 20-3346 (E.D. La.).

                     About Royal Alice Properties

Royal Alice Properties, LLC, owns, manages and rents the building
and real estate located on the 900 block of Royal Street in the
French Quarter, New Orleans, Louisiana.  The condominium units are
located at 906, 910-12 Royal St. New Orleans, LA 70116.

Royal Alice Properties sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. La. Case No. 19-12337) on Aug.
29, 2019. In the petition signed by Susan Hoffman, member/manager,
the Debtor was estimated $1 million to $10 million in both assets
and liabilities.

The case is assigned to Judge Meredith S. Grabill.

Leo D. Congeni, Esq., at Congeni Law Firm, LLC, represents the
Debtor.

Dwayne M. Murray has been appointed as Chapter 11 Trustee.  He
retained Louis M. Phillips, Esq., at Kelly Hart & Pitre as counsel.


SAFE FLEET: S&P Rates New $645MM First-Lien Credit Facilities 'B-'
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B-' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Safe Fleet Holdings LLC's proposed $595 million
first-lien term loan and $50 million revolving credit facility
(undrawn at close). The company plans to use the proceeds from the
proposed first-lien term loan to repay its existing first-lien term
loans (which had a total of $563 million outstanding as of the end
of 2021) and will use the balance to fund a small tuck-in
acquisition and pay related transaction fees and expenses.

Safe Fleet's performance was generally in line with our
expectations in 2021 as the demand in its end markets rebounded
from pandemic-related declines during 2020. S&P said, "The company
has experienced some gross margin pressure due to supply chain
challenges and cost inflation in recent quarters, though we believe
that continued price increases and healthy demand in its municipal,
industrial, and commercial end markets will support a moderate
level of EBITDA growth in 2022. We also expect Safe Fleet's working
capital flows to stabilize over the next 12 months, which will
support continued positive free operating cash flow (FOCF) for 2022
and S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA in the high-6.0x
area. Therefore, our 'B-' issuer credit rating and stable outlook
are unchanged."

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- S&P said, "Our simulated default scenario contemplates a
default occurring in 2024 stemming from a protracted weak U.S.
economy that reduces the demand for Safe Fleet's products and
significantly lowers its revenue and profit. We believe these
factors would also likely impair the company's cash flow and erode
its liquidity, eventually leading to a payment default."

-- S&P assumes the company would seek covenant amendments on its
path to default, resulting in higher interest costs, and anticipate
it would draw on 85% of its revolving credit facility.

-- S&P projects the company will generate approximately $76
million of EBITDA when it emerges from bankruptcy.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2024
-- EBITDA at emergence: $76 million
-- EBITDA multiple: 5x

Simplified waterfall

-- Adjusted net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs
and priority claims): $359 million

-- Valuation split (obligors/nonobligors): 85%/15%

-- Collateral value available to first-lien debt: $359 million

-- Secured first-lien debt claims: $647 million

    --Recovery expectations: 50%-70% (rounded estimate: 55%)

-- Secured second-lien debt claims: $173 million

    --Recovery expectations: 0%-10% (rounded estimate: 0%)



SECONDWAVE CORP: Wins Cash Collateral Access
--------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Washington,
Tacoma Division, has authorized Secondwave Corporation to use cash
collateral on an interim basis in the form of post-petition
income.

The Court says the Debtor requested use of cash collateral in the
form of post-petition payment of an amount of $100 per month in
cash on the tenth of each month. The ordered payment will include
the time period between the date of filing until the current
month.

A copy of the order is available at https://bit.ly/3B95teX from
PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Secondwave Corporation

Secondwave Corporation is a Washington family-owned and operated
for-profit corporation. Founded in 2011 serving over 100 charities,
its primary business is recycling old cell phones through an online
recycling program. To date, Secondwave has recycled over 150,000
devices. The old, damaged phones are recycled in the USA and newer
phones are refurbished and resold; then Secondwave sells the phones
on the wholesale market with prices ranging from $0.25 for scrap
phones to over $150.00 for new phones. A portion of the proceeds is
then given to a charity of the customer's choice.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 21-41320) on August 9,
2021. In the petition signed by Ryan Rubel, president, the Debtor
disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and up tp $1 million in
liabilities.

David C. Smith at Law Offices of David Smith, PLLC is the Debtor's
counsel.



SPIRIT AIRLINES: Frontier Merger No Impact on Moody's B1 CFR
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service said that the planned merger between
Spirit Airlines and a subsidiary of Frontier Group Holdings, Inc,
the parent company of Frontier Airlines, Inc., is credit positive
but does not affect Spirit Airlines' B1 corporate family rating or
the positive rating outlook. The combination is subject to
regulatory reviews among other closing conditions. The companies
expect the merger could close by the end of 2022.

Spirit Airlines, Inc., headquartered in Miramar, Florida, is a
leading low-cost US airline providing service to destinations
throughout the US, Latin America and the Caribbean. Revenue was
$3.2 billion in 2021 and $3.8 billion in 2019. The company's fleet
numbered 173 aircraft at December 31, 2021.


TACORA RESOURCES: Moody's Cuts CFR to B2, Alters Outlook to Neg.
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service downgraded to Canadian iron ore producer
Tacora Resources Inc.'s corporate family rating to B2 from B1, its
probability of default rating to B2-PD from B1-PD and its senior
secured notes rating to B2 from B1. The outlook was changed to
negative from stable.

"The downgrade of Tacora's ratings and negative outlook reflects
higher leverage with the additional debt raise and execution risk
in the company achieving increased production and consequently an
improved cost profile following a material underperformance in
2021" said Jamie Koutsoukis, Moody's analyst.

Downgrades:

Issuer: Tacora Resources Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, Downgraded to B2 from B1

Probability of Default Rating, Downgraded to B2-PD from B1-PD

Senior Secured Regular Bond/Debenture, Downgraded to B2 (LGD3)
from B1 (LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Tacora Resources Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Negative From Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Tacora's credit profile (B2 corporate family rating) is constrained
by 1) execution risk in ramping production to 6 million tonnes per
year from 3.1 million tonnes in 2021 and reducing high operating
costs (total delivered cost of $119/tonne for 65.6% ore in Q4 2021)
2) a concentration of cash flows from one metal (iron ore), which
has volatile pricing, 3) a single mine site with a small production
relative to the major iron ore miners globally, and 4) ) limited
track record of management operating the Scully mine with
operations having been restarted in 2018 and performance falling
well below expectations in 2021. The company benefits from 1) high
grade iron ore (65.6% Fe) produced at the Scully Mine, 2) the
mine's location in Labrador Canada, an established iron ore mining
region with access to infrastructure including rail, and 3)
expected maintenance of low leverage and adequate liquidity.

Tacora's $50 million Senior Secured Notes Add-On will be used to
provide liquidity and fund capital expenditures. Tacora's
operational performance in 2021 was well below expectations, with
annual production remaining flat at 3.1 million tonnes for the year
compared to an expected 4.6 million tonnes. The lower production
combined with hedges that were well below spot prices for the year
resulted in the company consuming over $85 million of cash during
the year. .

Pro forma for the transaction, Tacora has adequate liquidity over
the next twelve months. Sources total about $167 million, which
includes a proforma cash balance of about $80 million at Q4/21 and
Moody's expectation of free cash flow of about $90 million. Uses
consist of about $8.5 million in mandatory debt payments. The
company does not have a credit facility in place and no financial
covenants.

The negative outlook reflects Tacora's execution risk to increasing
its production towards 6 million tonnes per year.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be downgraded if Tacora is unable to increase its
production or experiences operating challenges at its mine, leading
to negative cash flow generation. The rating could also be
downgraded if the company's liquidity weakens, or the company's
sustained adjusted debt/EBITDA is above 3x.

The ratings could be upgraded if the company is able to increase
its scale and reduces its cost position towards $40/tonne. An
upgrade would also require debt to EBITDA be maintained below 1.5x
(2.1x expected for fiscal 2022) and the company generates sustained
positive free cash flow.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Mining
published in October 2021.

Headquartered in Montreal, Quebec, Tacora Resources Inc. has one
operating mine in Canada, the Scully Mine in Wabush, Newfoundland
and Labrador. Revenues for the twelve months ended December 2021
were approximately $674 million


TACORA RESOURCES: S&P Alters Outlook to Negative, Affirms 'B-' ICR
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Tacora Resources Inc. to
negative from stable, and affirmed all of its ratings on the
company, including the 'B-' issuer credit rating and 'B'
issue-level rating.

The negative outlook reflects the risk that Tacora's liquidity
could become materially constrained this year if lower iron ore
prices or expansion-related delays and costs lead to a free cash
flow deficit.

Tacora faces near-term liquidity risk mainly related to iron ore
price volatility following unexpected cash outflows in 2021.

S&P said, "We believe Tacora has limited financial flexibility to
absorb lower-than-expected iron ore prices or higher costs in
advance of its planned expansion. The company's liquidity position
is modest (just under US$35 million) and materially below our
previous assumptions following weaker-than-expected operating
results in 2021. In addition, Tacora will now incur near-term costs
to address unexpected mining inefficiencies that have derailed the
expected increase in its iron ore production. The company's planned
US$50 million add-on to its US$175 million secured notes will
provide a near-term buffer to its cash position. However, we
believe Tacora's liquidity is highly sensitive to
lower-than-expected iron ore prices, which have been extremely
volatile over the past 12 months, and/or a material increase in
costs associated with its expansion initiatives."

Expanded production should alleviate liquidity pressures associated
with iron ore price volatility and cost headwinds, but progress
needs to be established.

S&P said, "We estimate Tacora will have sufficient cash to complete
investments required to expand its production output this year, and
this accounts for our affirmation of the ratings. The company is
expected to report iron ore production in the low-3 million
metric-ton area in 2021, which is well below our previous estimate
of 4.6 million metric tons per year (mtpy)." It plans to implement
several projects that should address bottlenecks that stalled its
production, leading to annualized iron ore output of 6 mtpy by the
early second half of 2022. The execution risks associated with the
projects appear modest (such as, new screens and the use of
well-established technology) and the financial commitment (about
US$20 million in first-half 2022) is manageable. The increase in
output is necessary to reduce the company's high-cost structure and
relatively high breakeven price required for free cash flow
generation.

However, the planned increase in output is significant and expected
over a short time frame. We assume the company's pro forma cash
position (about US$80 million) is sensitive to these investments in
tandem with a relatively modest drop in iron ore prices from
current levels. The benchmark iron ore price (62% Fe) is currently
about US$140/mt (and the company receives a premium for its
higher-quality ore) but was US$85/mt less than three months ago.
S&P said, "Based on our benchmark price assumption of US$110/mt
this year, and without the anticipated improvement in its
production and unit costs, we believe the company would generate
negative free cash flow. In the meantime, we believe the lingering
effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on productivity and supply
chain-related issues, along with weaker-than-expected prices, are
key risks."

The negative outlook reflects the risk that Tacora's liquidity
could become materially constrained this year in the event that
lower iron ore prices or expansion-related delays and costs lead to
a material flow deficit. S&P assumes a year-over-year drop in iron
ore prices in 2022 from average levels in 2021, which, in its view,
increases the need for Tacora to complete its expansion.

S&P said, "We could downgrade Tacora within the next 12 months if
we view the company's capital structure as unsustainable due to
significantly weaker liquidity and limited access to capital. In
our view, this could occur from a meaningful drop in iron ore
prices and/or operational issues related to the Scully mine
expansion that result in materially higher costs and delays.

"We could revise the outlook to stable within the next six-to-12
months if we believe the company's liquidity position will
stabilize close to pro forma levels and improve thereafter. In our
view, this would likely require the company to achieve materially
higher iron ore output and a corresponding reduction in unit costs,
with no significant decrease in iron ore prices or excess capital
requirements."

ESG credit indicators: E-4, S-3, G-3

S&P said, "Environmental factors are a negative consideration and
social factors are a moderately negative consideration in our
credit rating analysis of Tacora. The company's exposure to
environmental factors is more negative than that of the broader
mining industry. The company is a smaller-scale producer of iron
ore, a key input in blast furnace steel production, with reliance
on one mine and limited reporting on sustainability factors
(although it derives its energy from hydroelectricity). Governance
factors are a moderately negative consideration, as is the case for
most rated entities owned by private-equity sponsors. We believe
the company's highly leveraged financial risk profile points to
corporate decision making that prioritizes the interests of the
controlling owners. This also reflects the generally finite holding
periods and a focus on maximizing shareholder returns."



TEAM HEALTH: Fitch Places 'CCC+' LT IDR on Watch Positive
---------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has placed the ratings of Team Health Holdings, Inc.
(TMH), including the Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) of
'CCC+', on Rating Watch Positive upon its proposed debt repayment
and maturity extension. Should the transaction be completed, Fitch
will assess the degree to which leverage improves and debt
maturities are extended and could upgrade the ratings by one notch
with the IDR to 'B-'. Fitch understands TMH will seek to extend the
maturity of its term loan B to 2027 from 2024 and repay no more
than $300 million of principal at par in exchange for a higher
interest spread. The transaction accelerates the positive momentum
that underpinned the Positive Outlook assigned at the most recent
committee.

Pro forma for the transaction assuming full participation, Fitch
expects TMH will have reduced leverage (gross debt to operating
EBITDA) to around 8.0x, be able to generate durably positive FCF,
will have extended the maturity of a significant portion of its
debt to 2027 and no financial covenants to default on.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Leading Position in Staffing Market: TMH is one of only a handful
of national providers of outsourced healthcare staffing, providing
scale and scope for contracting with consolidating acute care
hospital systems and commercial health insurers. Leading scale
affords opportunities to grow the number of and size of contracted
relationships, both organic and inorganic in nature. Nearly all of
TMH's revenues are sourced from contracted physician and other
healthcare services.

However, Fitch assumes growth will be constrained, in part but not
in whole, by their concentration in the emergency department (ED)
staffing services where patient volumes have been soft across the
physician staffing industry since 2017 because of ongoing secular
headwinds to volumes of lower acuity ED visits, including scrutiny
by health insurers, more competition from alternative settings like
urgent care clinics, and increased cost sharing for patients with
high deductible health insurance plans.

Coronavirus Impact Normalizing: Pandemic-related business
disruption (i.e. depressed volumes of elective healthcare
procedures and ED patient visits) are showing signs of
stabilization. Revenues before federal grant monies are expected to
grow yoy in 2021 but remain below the pre-pandemic run-rate.

Fitch assumes volumes will be more durable going forward than they
were in 2020 as fewer restrictions are imposed on healthcare
providers and restoration in daily activities are the catalyst for
more normalized emergency volumes. Nonetheless, Fitch's forecasts
assume TMH's revenues will not exceed pre-pandemic levels until
2023, reflecting both lower volumes and the dispute with
UnitedHealth.

Labor Headwinds Threaten Margins: Fitch assumes improvements in
operating margins will stabilize around pre-pandemic levels after
being severely impacted in 2020 by the need to maintain staffing
readiness in the ED despite lower patient volumes, which is
characteristic of the physician staffing business model.

After rebounding in 2021, Fitch has assumed 40bps of margin
compression in 2022 to reflect labor shortages and inflationary
pressures for healthcare providers generally, these items could
cause more significant margin compression given staffing companies'
cost structure. Were that to be the case, Fitch believes TMH would
still generate positive FCF but leverage would be elevated compared
to the Ratings Case forecast.

Uncertainties Diminishing: The downside risk to TMH's long-term
profitability and cashflows posed by the dispute with a large,
commercial payor (UnitedHealth) and Surprise Billing legislation
became clearer over the past year and appear manageable. TMH is now
out-of-network with UnitedHealth after the insurer unilaterally
reduced its reimbursement rates and both parties entered into
litigation. Fitch does not assume the dispute will be resolved
during the forecast period and thus assumes no changes to payor
mix, reduction in litigation expenses or one-time cash
inflows/outflows related to settlements.

Regarding surprise billing, TMH has publicly stated that it does
not balance bill and thus the No Surprises Act should not have a
material direct impact on TMH's billings.

Persistently High Leverage Ahead of Maturities: Fitch assumes TMH's
leverage (gross debt to operating EBITDA) will normalize around
8.0x after an assumed $300 million debt repayment in 2022. Leverage
could improve further should TMH outperform Fitch's expectations as
Fitch doesn't assume any voluntary debt repayment beyond what is
offered in the proposed transaction. Fitch views leverage to be
high but manageable ahead of the revolving credit facility maturity
(currently undrawn) in 2023, the PIK loan due 2024, the unsecured
notes due 2025 and the term loans due 2027 (assuming 100%
participation in the amend and extend transaction).

Decent FCF Generation: Cash generation is expected to be decent for
the current rating category, with FFO fixed charge coverage
sustained above 2.0x through the forecast period and $130 million
to $170 million of FCF per year before acquisitions. Low working
capital and capital spending requirements and the expectation of no
dividend payments to the private equity owner in the near-term
support this relatively strong FCF.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

TMH's 'CCC+' rating reflects the company's high financial leverage,
secular headwinds to growth in ED patient volumes, and lingering
challenges integrating a large acquisition in the post-acute care
segment that dates back to 2015. TMH's credit profile benefits from
good depth and competitive scale relative to peers Mednax (not
rated) and Envision Healthcare Corp. (not rated) in service lines
where physician staffing companies have a large presence, including
emergency medicine and anesthesia. The financial profiles of TMH
and some of its peers reflect private equity investment in the
physician staffing segment. TMH is owned by Blackstone following a
2017 leveraged buyout, and Envision was purchased by KKR & Co. in
2018.

Fitch believes TMH's credit profile benefits from more consistent
and stable FCF generation than healthcare providers generally due
to lower capex and working capital requirements in the physician
staffing segment. This better FCF generation supports an
expectation that the company has the ability to reduce leverage
through debt pay down without compromising investment in the
business. In addition to the ability to reduce leverage, the rating
also reflects Fitch's view that the company and the private equity
owner have the willingness to use the aforementioned FCF to reduce
debt before they need to refinance the capital stack.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Revenues grow in the low-single digits per year through 2024
    and surpass pre-pandemic levels in 2023;

-- EBITDA margins rebound in 2021 between 8%-9%, compress
    modestly in 2022 and are generally stable thereafter;

-- No material changes to operating cashflows from the dispute
    with UnitedHealth;

-- Acquisitions averaging $100 million per year starting 2022; no
    shareholder returns and no debt repayments beyond required
    term loan amortization and the amounts as part of this
    transaction.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Rating Sensitivities for the current 'CCC+' IDR include:

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Gross debt to EBITDA after dividends to associates and
    minorities sustained below 8.0x;

-- FFO fixed charge coverage sustained above 1.5x;

-- Profit margin stabilization due to effective cost management
    strategies to address soft organic operating trends;

-- At least break-even FCF generation.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- FFO fixed charge coverage sustained below 1.0x;

-- FCF deficit that requires incremental debt funding;

-- Violation of the debt agreement financial maintenance covenant
    and unable to secure relief from lenders;

-- Unable to refinance revolving credit facility due in 2023 or
    secure alternative sources of liquidity.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Adequate Sources of Liquidity: Sources of liquidity include $512
million of unrestricted cash and an undrawn revolver of $287
million (net of $12.9 million outstanding letter of credits) as of
Dec. 31, 2021. TMH has historically generated positive FCF,
supported by low working capital and capex requirements. Fitch
expects TMH to post flat to positive FCF in 2021 and forecasts $130
million to $170 million of FCF per year for the 2022-2024 period.

Debt Maturities: Pro forma for the maximum $300 million debt
repayment in 2022, the nearest debt maturity will be the revolving
credit facility in 2023, the PIK loan in 2024, the unsecured notes
mature in 2025 and the remaining term loans in 2027. Term loan
amortization is about $29 million per year. Non-participating
amounts of the term loan would remain due in 2024.

Debt Instrument Notching: The 'B'/'RR2' ratings for TMH's senior
secured revolver and senior secured term loan reflect Fitch's
expectation of recovery of outstanding principal in the 71%-90%
range under a bankruptcy scenario. The 'CCC-'/'RR6' rating on the
senior unsecured notes reflect Fitch's expectation of recovery in
the 0%-10% range. The recovery assumed for the senior unsecured
notes is due to a concession payment by the senior secured
creditors.

Fitch estimates an enterprise value (EV) on a going concern basis
of $2.4 billion for TMH, after a deduction of 10% for
administrative claims. The EV assumption is based on
post-reorganization EBITDA after dividends to associates and
minorities of $374 million and a 7x multiple. The
post-reorganization EBITDA estimate is 6% lower than Fitch
calculated 2019 EBITDA for TMH, which is pre-pandemic. The primary
drivers of this estimate are negative implications of commercial
payor contract disputes and assumed ongoing deterioration in the
profitability of the hospitalist business. To date, Fitch does not
believe that the coronavirus pandemic has changed the longer-term
valuation prospects for the healthcare services industry and TMH's
going-concern EBITDA and multiple assumptions are unchanged from
the last ratings review.

The 7x multiple used for TMH reflects a stressed multiple versus
the approximately 11x EBITDA Blackstone paid for the company in
2017. More recently, KKR paid about 10x EBITDA for TMH's staffing
industry peer, Envision Healthcare Corp. The 7x multiple is closely
aligned with historical observations of healthcare industry
bankruptcy emergence multiples. In a recent study, Fitch determined
that the historical median exit multiple for healthcare and
pharmaceutical industry bankruptcies was around 6.5x.

The recovery analysis assumes the $300 million revolver is fully
drawn and includes this amount in the senior secured claims. Senior
secured claims of $3.1 billion also include approximately $216
million of private term loans that rank pari passu with the term
loan B maturing 2024, including to-be-accrued PIK interest.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Team Health has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Exposure to
Social Impacts due to societal and regulatory pressures to
constrain growth in healthcare spending in the U.S. This dynamic
has a negative impact on the credit profile and is relevant to the
rating in conjunction with other factors.

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.

ISSUER PROFILE

Team Health Holdings, Inc. is a U.S.-based national healthcare
outsourcing company that supports more than 2,700 civilian and
military hospitals, clinics, and physician groups in 46 states by
providing staffing, administrative and consulting services. TMH was
taken private in an LBO sponsored by Blackstone in February 2017.


TEAM HEALTH: Moody's Puts Caa1 CFR Under Review for Upgrade
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service placed the ratings of Team Health
Holdings, Inc. under review for upgrade. The ratings placed under
review include the Caa1 Corporate Family rating, Caa1-PD
Probability of Default Rating, the B3 ratings on the company's
senior secured revolver and term loan, and the Caa3 rating on the
senior unsecured term loan. At the same time, Moody's assigned a B3
rating (under review for upgrade) to the proposed amended portion
of term loan B maturing in 2027. The outlook was revised to rating
under review from stable.

The rating action follows the company's announcement of its plan to
amend and extend the maturity of its term loan B which is currently
due in 2024. The outstanding amount under the company's term loan B
(including $144 million private term loan) was approximately $2.76
billion at the end of December 2021. Team Health will attempt to
extend the maturities of the entire outstanding debt under its term
loan B. Debt investors who participate in this "amend and extend"
proposal will be eligible for up to $300 million in partial debt
pay down, proportionate to individual investors' participation
amount. This "amend and extend" refinancing proposal will
materialize only if >50% of existing term loan B lenders agree
to participate.

Moody's review of Team Health's ratings will focus on (i) whether
or not the "amend and extend" proposal materializes; (ii) the
dollar amount of debt that would have its maturity extended to 2027
(if the proposal materializes); and (iii) the dollar amount of
total debt reduction because of the company's partial pay down. The
review will also consider projected leverage, interest coverage and
cash flow metrics after Moody's has full clarity on (i), (ii) and
((iii) above.

If the company addresses the event risk associated with a large
amount of debt maturing in 2024 and maintains leverage below 8
times (Moody's adjusted basis), the company's ratings could be
upgraded.

On Review for Upgrade:

Issuer: Team Health Holdings, Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, placed on review for upgrade, currently
Caa1

Probability of Default Rating, placed on review for upgrade,
currently Caa1-PD

Senior secured revolving credit facility expiring 2023, placed on
review for upgrade, currently B3 (LGD3)

Senior Secured Term Loan due 2024, placed on review for upgrade,
currently B3 (LGD3)

Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025, placed on review for upgrade,
currently Caa3 (LGD6)

Rating Assigned

Issuer: Team Health Holdings, Inc.

Proposed senior secured term loan due 2027, assigned B3 (LGD3) and
placed on review for upgrade

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Team Health Holdings, Inc.

Outlook changed to rating under review from stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Notwithstanding the rating review, Team Health's Caa1 CFR reflects
the company's very high leverage and challenging operating
environment. The operating challenges include less than full
recovery of business volumes after the onset of COVID-19 pandemic,
reimbursement risk from one of the largest commercial insurers and
the company's exposure to an unfavorable shift in payor mix. Team
Health's credit profile is supported by its large scale and strong
competitive position in the highly fragmented physician staffing
industry.

Moody's estimates that the company's leverage was approximately 8.0
times at the end of September 2021. If the company extends the
maturity of the entire term loan B (and pays down $300 million in
debt), Moody's expects that Team Health's debt/EBITDA will decline
to the low-to-mid 7.0 times range in the next 12 months.

Team Health's liquidity is good. In the absence of factors like
COVID-related shutdowns, loss of negotiating power against
out-of-network commercial insurers, sudden and unfavorable shift in
payor mix and labor issues in the healthcare industry, the company
has the capacity to generate $100- $120 million in free cash flow
in the next 12 months. At the end of September 2021, Team Health
had about $287 million availability under its $300 million
revolver.

Social and governance considerations are material to the rating,
given the substantial implications for public health and safety.
Team Health was materially impacted by the coronavirus outbreak,
but the company's business volumes have largely recovered. As a
provider of emergency medicine physician staffing, Team Health
faces high social risk. The No Surprises Act, which became
effective in January 2022 takes the patient out of the
provider/payor dispute. The impact on Team Health's revenue will
depend on the percentage of out-of-network patients, specific
billing and collections practices, as well as arbitration process.
In recent years, the company has tried to resolve its disputes with
commercial insurers through negotiations. However, when
negotiations did not work, the company has pursued active
litigation strategy in parallel with negotiations. The company's
financial policies are expected to remain aggressive reflecting its
ownership by a private equity investor (Blackstone Group).

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if Team Health addresses the event
risk associated with a large amount of debt maturing in 2024 and
maintains leverage below 8 times. Additionally, improved clarity
and positive outcome in relation to contract negotiations with
UnitedHealth could also support a rating upgrade.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company's liquidity
deteriorates, free cash flow becomes negative or if Moody's
anticipates a rising risk of default.

Team Health is a provider of physician staffing and administrative
services to hospitals and other healthcare providers in the U.S.
The company is affiliated with more than 15,000 healthcare
professionals who provide emergency medicine, hospital medicine,
anesthesia, urgent care, pediatric staffing and management
services. The company also provides a full range of healthcare
management services to military treatment facilities. Net revenues
are approximately $4.6 billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.


TEAM HEALTH: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B-' ICR
-----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised the outlook to stable from negative and
affirmed its ratings on U.S.-based physician staffing provider Team
Health Holdings Inc., including the 'B-' issuer credit rating. S&P
also assigned its 'B-' issue-level and '3' recovery ratings to the
company's proposed senior secured term loan B facility.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that better
industry conditions are sustainable and patient volumes will
continue recovering, resulting in relatively steady EBITDA margins.
We expect adjusted FOCF to debt of 3%-4% and adjusted debt to
EBITDA of 8x-10x over the next few years.

"Team Health's operating results in 2021 were better than we had
expected, owing to a recovery in patient volumes and cost
optimization efforts. Emergency medicine patient volumes were
volatile throughout 2021, but considerably improved from the trough
reached in 2020 during the first few months of the pandemic when
patient volumes declined 20%-25% from 2019 levels. The company took
prudent measures to optimize its cost structure during that period,
which we believe helped uplift adjusted EBITDA margins as volumes
recovered through 2021. We believe the omicron variant hurt patient
volumes during fourth-quarter 2021, but was more manageable for the
company than prior variants, and that we are past the peak in case
counts within the U.S. We estimate patient volumes are currently
about 5% below pre-pandemic levels and that they and revenue should
fully recover to 2019 levels by 2023.

"The company optimized its cost structure when volumes were
depressed in 2020 and through 2021, which we believe significantly
benefitted operating leverage when volumes recovered. As a result,
we estimate adjusted EBITDA margin was about 10% in 2021 (about 9%
without federal stimulus funding from the CARES Act), which is
trending higher than the 6%-8% we had estimated in our June 2021
review. We assume the company's adjusted EBITDA margins will
modestly contract in 2022 because some of its cost-cutting over the
past few quarters was temporary, and that physician compensation
will likely increase, at least in the near term. Hence, we expect
adjusted EBITDA margins to be about 8% in 2022, with modest
improvement in 2023.

"The company plans to refinance its existing term loan B,
effectively extending its debt maturity profile and reducing
refinancing risk. FOCF and liquidity improved in 2021. We believe
the company finished 2021 with just over $500 million of cash on
hand, which will facilitate repayment of up to $300 million of debt
included in its proposed refinancing plan. As a result, we expect
the transaction will reduce leverage by up to 0.7x, reduce
scheduled annual debt amortization by about $3 million, and extend
the company's debt maturity profile. The proposed $2.335 billion
term loan B facility will mature in February 2027 (three years
later than the existing debt) and contain a 90-day springing
maturity to its unsecured notes, which mature in 2025. These
positives are somewhat offset by our expectation that the proposed
debt will carry a higher interest rate than its existing debt.
Incorporating the proposed refinancing and our assumptions that
patient volumes will modestly increase with relatively steady
adjusted EBITDA margins, we expect adjusted FOCF to debt of 3%-4%
and adjusted debt to EBITDA of 8x-10x over the next few years."

The new surprise billing legislation is actually a credit positive
for Team Health. Congress passed the "No Surprises Act" on Dec. 22,
2020 (with strong bipartisan support), and it went into effect at
the beginning of 2022. The legislation aims to protect patients
from surprise bills for most emergency and nonemergency health care
services delivered by out-of-network providers. Surprise bills
arise when a patient seeks care from an in-network provider, but
unexpectedly or unknowingly encounters an out-of-network provider
as part of their care--hence, it's a surprise when the
out-of-network provider balance bills the patient. Balance billing
occurs when the provider bills the patient for the difference
between the provider's charge and the amount covered by the
patient's insurance plan. In-network providers accept the insurance
amount as payment; it's typically the out-of-network provider that
balance bills. Under the new legislation, providers such as Team
Health must resolve any payment disputes with the payor and not
balance bill the patient. Providers that relied heavily on
out-of-network balance billing will likely face significant
headwinds from the new legislation, due to the measures to protect
consumers against surprise expenses that can very high. However,
S&P believes Team Health's out-of-network business is a relatively
small percentage of its total business, and that it does not
balance bill. Instead, it negotiates directly with payors to
recover underpayments for out-of-network services.

S&P said, "We consider the new legislation an overall positive
development for Team Health because it includes an arbitration
process that could help resolve payment disputes more quickly.
Previously, health care providers had to settle disputes in court,
at high legal costs, against very powerful payors including
UnitedHealthcare. The legislation allows Team Health to bundle
claims against payors in arbitration, and the losing party in most
states must pay for arbitration. We believe Team Health has a track
record of receiving favorable outcomes following arbitration,
particularly in Texas, which has had a similar process since 2020.
We also assume that the company's legal costs will likely decline
under the new framework."

Team Health is one of the largest incumbents in the highly
fragmented and competitive physician staffing industry, and faces
rate pressure from large payors. Team Health is the second-largest
participant in the narrow health care physician staffing industry,
with significant market positions in the emergency medicine (about
60% of net revenue in 2020), hospitalist (about 17% of net
revenues), and anesthesiology (about 12% of net revenues) staffing
segments. The industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with
low barriers to entry. S&P said, "Longer term, we expect
low-single-digit percent organic revenue growth as new contract
wins and a modest increase in rates are largely offset by emergency
department volumes under existing contracts that should be flat to
down 1% per year. Our longer-term outlook on emergency department
volumes reflects our view that barriers to entry within the
industry are low and there are many alternatives to emergency
departments for lower acuity care, including telehealth (which
benefited from a flood of first-time users during the pandemic),
and the growing popularity of urgent care sites and multicare
facilities."

All payors will continue to seek ways to reduce emergency room
utilization. S&P said, "In our view, reimbursement risk has been
and remains significant from all payors as the industry continues
to try and avoid very expensive emergency room care. We believe the
pricing power of these government payors, combined with the desire
to reduce health care costs, should somewhat constrain long-term
revenue growth and profit margin expansion for Team Health." Large
and powerful private third-party payors such as UnitedHealthcare
will also continue to pressure emergency room utilization and
payment rates. Moreover, these payors could exclude physicians and
hospitals managed by Team Health from their networks. This could
make Team Health's services more expensive for patients within that
network and potentially result in a loss in market share to
competing in-network service providers.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our view that patient
volumes should continue to recover over the next couple of years,
working capital requirements will normalize, and the company will
generate adjusted EBITDA margins of about 8%. Under this scenario,
we expect adjusted debt to EBITDA of 8x-10x, adjusted FOCF to debt
of 3%-4%, and adjusted EBITDA interest coverage of about 2x.

"We could lower our rating on the company within the next 12 months
if we consider its capital structure unsustainable over the long
term. Under this scenario, we believe adjusted FOCF to debt would
likely be below 1.5% for a prolonged period. This could occur if
higher costs result in weaker-than-expected EBITDA margins or if
patient volumes are lower than we anticipate, potentially due to
the spread of a new COVID-19 variant, increased competition, or a
contract loss. This could also occur if liquidity significantly
deteriorates, and we believe the company's sources of liquidity are
insufficient to cover its fixed charges.

"We could raise our rating on the company within the next 12 months
if we expect adjusted debt to EBITDA to remain below 7.5x and
adjusted FOCF to debt to remain above 4%. In this scenario, we
would also believe that the company has adequate liquidity with a
manageable debt maturity profile. This could occur if patient
volumes continue to increase, and we expect adjusted EBITDA margin
to remain about 10%."

ESG credit indicators: E-2, S-3, G-3

S&P said, "Our ESG credit indicators are unchanged as a result of
this rating action. Social factors are a moderately negative
consideration in our credit rating analysis of Team Health. As one
of the largest players in the physician staffing industry, Team
Health generates a portion of its revenue from out-of-network
services. In our view, this could result in significant patient
bills that may be disputed and undergo lengthy negotiation with
powerful payers. Governance factors are a moderately negative
consideration in our credit rating analysis. Our assessment of the
company's financial risk profile as highly leveraged reflects
corporate decision-making that prioritizes the interests of the
controlling owners, in line with our view of the majority of rated
entities owned by private-equity sponsors. Our assessment also
reflects the generally finite holding periods and a focus on
maximizing shareholder returns."



TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS: Incurs $613K Net Loss in First Quarter
----------------------------------------------------------------
Technical Communications Corporation reported a net loss of
$(613,000), or $(0.33) per share, on revenue of $423,000 for the
quarter ended Dec. 25, 2021, compared to a net loss of $(342,000),
or $(0.19) per share, on revenue of $167,000 for the quarter ended
Dec. 26, 2020.

As of Dec. 25, 2021, the Company had $1.83 million in total assets,
$2.08 million in total liabilities, and a total stockholders'
deficit of $256,000.

Carl H. Guild Jr., president and CEO of Technical Communications
Corporation, commented, "As TCC has reported previously, the
international COVID impact has significantly delayed progress in
capturing several new business opportunities we have had in
process. Notwithstanding, we are now beginning to see, in certain
program areas, a resumption of the communications and field testing
necessary to complete the procurement processes.  We expect that
this recovery trend will continue and positively affect other
program opportunities and allow us to begin recovery in the near
future."

                     About Technical Communications

Concord, Massachusetts-based Technical Communications Corporation
-- http://www.tccsecure.com-- specializes in secure communications
systems and customized solutions to protect highly sensitive voice,
data and video transmitted over a wide range of networks, serving
government entities, military agencies, and corporate enterprises.


Stowe & Degon LLC, in Westborough, Massachusetts, the Company's
auditor since 2019, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated Dec. 22, 2021, citing that the Company has an
accumulated deficit, has suffered significant net losses and
negative cash flows from operations and has limited working capital
that raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern.


TELIGENT INC: Lender ACF Slams Unsecureds' Bid to Claw Back Cash
----------------------------------------------------------------
Jeannie O'Sullivan of Law360 reports that a lender for bankrupt
generic pharmaceutical company Teligent Inc. slammed a bid by
unsecured creditors for derivative standing to claw back a $10
million reserve fund, insisting the debtor didn't incur any harm by
satisfying the lending agreement.

In a filing Monday, February 7, 2022, ACF FinCo I LP told a
Delaware bankruptcy judge to reject the motion by the official
committee of unsecured creditors because Teligent's own refusal to
pursue claims against lenders speaks for itself. The committee
wants standing to accuse ACF and other Teligent lenders of improper
maneuvers to pad their own coffers as the debtor's insolvency
loomed.

                      About Teligent Inc.

Teligent, Inc., a specialty generic pharmaceutical company,
develops, manufactures, markets, and sells generic topical, branded
generic, and generic injectable pharmaceutical products in the
United States and Canada. The company was formerly known as IGI
Laboratories, Inc. and changed its name to Teligent, Inc. in
October 2015. Teligent, Inc. was founded in 1977 and is based in
Buena, New Jersey.

Teligent Inc. and three affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 21-11332) on Oct. 14, 2021. The cases
are handled by Honorable Judge Brendan Linehan Shanno.

The Debtor disclosed total assets of $85.0 million and total debt
of $135.8 million as of Aug. 31, 2021.

Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP and K&L Gates LLP are the
Debtors' attorneys. Portage Point Partners, LLC, is the Debtors'
restructuring advisor. Raymond James & Associates, Inc., is the
Debtors' investment banker. Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC, is
the claims agent.

Latham & Watkins LLP, serves as co-counsel to the Prepetition First
Lien Parties and the Senior DIP Parties.  Morgan Lewis & Bockius
LLP serves as co-counsel to the DIP Junior Term Loan Parties and
Prepetition Second Lien Parties. Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell
LLP serves as co-counsel to the DIP Parties and Prepetition Secured
Parties.  Jenner & Block LLP serves as co-counsel to the Creditors'
Committee.  Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, serves as Canadian
counsel to both the DIP Junior Term Loan Parties and the Senior DIP
Parties. NautaDutilh Avocats Luxembourg S.a r.l., as Luxembourg
serves as counsel to both the DIP Junior Term Loan Parties and the
Senior DIP Parties. TGS Baltric is the Estonian counsel to both the
DIP Junior Term Loan Parties and the Senior DIP Parties.


TILDEN MARCELLUS: Hits Voluntary Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Tilden Marcellus has filed for voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection.

Marcellus Drilling News reports that Tilden Marcellus LLC, a
Canonsburg, Pa.-based oil and gas company, filed for chapter 11
protection last Friday, February 4, 2022, in the Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of Pennsylvania.  Tilden is a “sister
company” to Rockdale Marcellus.  Rockdale went through bankruptcy
last year, resulting in the sale of substantially all of its assets
(in Pennsylvania) to Repsol for $220 million in cash.  Tilden,
while tightly related to Rockdale, has its own assets separate from
Rockdale (less than $50 million).

                     About Tilden Marcellus

Tilden Marcellus, LLC is a Texas limited liability oil and gas
production company which owns and previously operated certain
working interests in more than 27,000 net leasehold acres within
Potter County and Tioga County, Pennsylvania, with over 50 wells
previously in production.

Tilden Marcellus sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Penn. Case No. 22-20212) on Feb. 4,
2022. In the petition signed by Jeffrey T. Varsalone, chief
restructuring officer, the Debtor disclosed up to $50 million in
both assets and liabilities.

Judge Gregory L. Taddonio oversees the case.

Beverly Weiss Manne, Esq. at Tucker Arensberg PC serves as the
debtor's local counsel. Morris, Nichols, Arsht and Tunnel LLP is
the Debtor's bankrupcy counsel. Epiq Corporate Restructuring LLC
serves as the notice, claims and balloting agent and administrative
advisor.

White Oak Global Advisors, LLC, as the DIP Agent and the
Prepetition Agent, is represented by:

     Daren S. Klein, Esq.
     David Schiff, Esq.
     Jarett Erickson, Esq.
     Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
     450 Lexington Avenue
     New York, NY 10017
     Email: darren.klein@davispolk.com
                 david.schiff@davispolk.com
                 jarret.erickson@davispolk.com

          - and -

     Mike Proctor, Esq.
     Bowles Rice LLP
     1800 Main Street, Suite 200
     Canonsburg, PA 15317
     Email: mproctor@bowlesrice.com


TITAN INTERNATIONAL: Buys Back $25 Million Restricted Stock
-----------------------------------------------------------
Titan International, Inc. entered into a stock purchase agreement
with Russian Direct Investment Fund equity holders on Feb. 1, 2022,
to buy back shares of restricted common stock it issued to an RDIF
affiliate in a private placement for the previously agreed amount
of $25 million. The transaction was completed on Feb. 1, 2022.

On Feb. 11, 2019, Titan entered into a definitive agreement with an
affiliate of the Russian Direct Investment Fund relating to the
previously announced settlement put option that was exercised by
the RDIF affiliate.  Under the terms of the Agreement, in full
satisfaction of the settlement put option that was exercised by the
RDIF affiliate, the Company paid $25 million in cash to the RDIF
affiliate at the closing of the transaction on Feb. 22, 2019, and
agreed, subject to the completion of regulatory approval, to issue
4,032,259 shares of restricted Titan common stock to the RDIF
affiliate in a private placement.  In December 2020, in connection
with its liquidation, the RDIF affiliate transferred its right to
receive the Titan Restricted Stock to its equity holders.  The
regulatory approval was received in November 2021 and on Dec. 17,
2021, the Company issued the Titan Restricted Stock to the RDIF
equity holders.  Based on the terms of the Agreement, the Company
retained the right to buy back the Titan Restricted Stock from the
RDIF equity holders for $25 million until Feb. 12, 2022.

                            About Titan

Titan International, Inc. -- http://www.titan-intl.com-- is a
global manufacturer of off-highway wheels, tires, assemblies, and
undercarriage products.  Headquartered in Quincy, Illinois, the
Company globally produces a broad range of products to meet the
specifications of original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and
aftermarket customers in the agricultural, earthmoving or
construction, and consumer markets.

Titan International reported a net loss of $65.08 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $51.52 million
for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Sept. 30, 2021, the
Company had $1.14 billion in total assets, $944.67 million in total
liabilities, $25 million in redeemable noncontrolling interest, and
$174.59 million in total equity.


TRACER ROOFING: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------------
Tracer Roofing LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas, Houston Division, for authority to, among other
things, use cash collateral and provide adequate protection to the
prepetition lenders.

The Debtor seeks permission to use cash and other receipts
generated in the ordinary course of the Debtor's business to
satisfy ongoing expenses. Funding each of these expenditures is
necessary to preserve and maintain the value of the Debtor's assets
for the benefit of all parties in interest.

The Debtor commenced the Chapter 11 case to preserve and maximize
the Debtor's remaining assets and business value for the benefit of
its stakeholders in the face of impending liquidity shortfall and
significant industry headwinds caused, in part, by the adverse
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Not only were the Debtor's projects shuttered to comply with
months-long state and local government shutdown orders, but the
construction industry faced  unprecedented labor and material
shortages. Additionally, material suppliers did not honor lock-in
pricing due to alleged Force Majeure. As such, material costs
exceeded all bids on jobs, leaving the Debtor with a severe
monetary deficit. These factors drove up the cost of projects,
which became increasingly problematic for existing construction
contracts that had been based on pre-pandemic cost estimates.

Following the onset of the pandemic, the Debtor applied for and
received a $150,000 loan from the Small Business Administration for
which the SBA asserts a senior secured claim. On June 15, 2020, the
SBA filed a UCC Financing Statement to secure the EIDL Loan.

The Debtor began to face significant financial challenges in the
summer and fall of 2021, which necessitated entering into certain
agreements with parties to simply keep the business operating. Even
with the funds received from the MCA Companies, the Debtor was
unable to pay for operating expenses as well as the substantial
monthly payments required by a certain Promissory Note with ABC
Supply Co., Inc. to resolve certain amounts owed to ABC for
materials provided to the Debtor. By the winter of 2021, the Debtor
was also not able to maintain the daily withdrawals taken by the
MCA Companies. This led to serious liquidity issues and concerns
that the Debtor would not be able to make its payroll obligations.


The Debtor disputes the amount and nature of the claims asserted by
the MCA Companies. While the MCA Companies have asserted that they
purchased future receivables, the Debtor contends that they are
truly loans subject to interest rates exceeding the amount
permitted under state law and are therefore usurious and void.

As adequate protection, the Debtor proposes to grant the lenders
replacement liens  in and to all property presently securing the
Lenders' claims, together with any post-petition proceeds thereof,
to the extent of Lenders' actual prepetition interest in cash
collateral. The Replacement Liens will not attach to causes of
action or rights or recovery under Chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy
Code, or the proceeds of such claims.

In the event that the Replacement Liens are insufficient to protect
the interests of the Lenders from the Debtor's use of cash
collateral or from a diminution in value of the Assets, the
Lenders' claims will have priority  to the extent that the adequate
protection for the Debtor's use of the collateral and cash
collateral proves to be inadequate.

The Super-Priority Claim and the Replacement Liens will be subject
and subordinate to (a) professional fees and expenses of
professionals employed by the Debtor; (b) up to $25,000 with
respect to the Debtor's professionals and allowed by the Court at
any time, whether by interim order, procedural order or otherwise;
(c) other  requirements expressly set forth in the Interim Order
and the Final Order, (d) if the case is converted to a case under
Chapter 7, the fees payable to a chapter 7 trustee or his or her
professionals that are allowed by the Court; (e) the fees payable
to the United States Trustee pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1930
with any interest due thereon pursuant to 31 U.S.C. section 3717
and any fees due and owing the Clerk of the Court.

A copy of the motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3rDoeUE from PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Tracer Roofing LLC

Tracer Roofing LLC r operated a construction business focused on
residential and commercial roofing, re-roofing, and roof repair
solutions. The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 22-30314) on
February 3, 2022. In the petition signed by  Nicole Carpenter,
managing member, the Debtor disclosed up to $1 million in assets
and up to $50 million in liabilities.

James C. Vandermark, Esq. and  Heidi J. Sorvino, Esq. at White and
Williams LLP represent the debtor as counsel.



UBIOME INC: Delaware Court Bars Trustee Toss of Chapter 7 Docs
--------------------------------------------------------------
Jeff Montgomery of Law360 reports that a Delaware bankruptcy judge
rejected on Tuesday, February 8, 2022, a Chapter 7 trustee's
proposal to abandon electronic documents related to defunct fecal
testing service uBiome Inc.'s liquidation or to shift storage costs
to individuals fighting the trustee's $25 million damages suit.

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Laurie Selber Silverstein, ruling during a
teleconference hearing, said the motion was premature and
potentially unsupportable given the potential need by the suit's
defendants to assess the records while preparing for the
adversarial suit.

                        About uBiome Inc.

uBiome, Inc. -- https://ubiome.com/ -- is a microbial genomics
company founded in 2012. uBiome combines its patented proprietary
precision sequencing with machine learning and artificial
intelligence to develop wellness products, clinical tests, and
therapeutic targets.  uBiome has filed for over 250 patents on its
technology, which includes sample preparation, computational
analysis, molecular techniques, as well as diagnostic and
therapeutic applications.  uBiome and its non-debtor foreign
affiliates currently employ approximately 100 individuals, of which
35 are located in the United States, 37 in Chile, and 28 in
Argentina.

On Sept. 4, 2019, uBiome, Inc., sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 19-11938).  The Debtor was estimated to
have assets of $50 million to $100 million and liabilities of $10
million to $50 million as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Hon. Laurie Selber Silverstein is the case judge.

The Debtor tapped Young, Conaway, Stargatt & Taylor, LLP as
counsel; Goldin Associates, LLC, as restructuring advisor; and GLC
Advisors & Co., LLC and GCLA Securities LLC as investment banker.
Donlin Recano & Company, Inc., is the claims agent.

In October 2019, the Bankruptcy Court converted the Chapter 11
bankruptcy case to a Chapter 7 liquidation.


URBAN OAKS: Seeks to Hire Polsinelli PC as Special Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------
Urban Oaks Builders, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Texas to hire Polsinelli, PC to
defend it in a lawsuit involving a construction project in Denver,
Colo.

The lawsuit was initiated by Manko Window Systems, Inc., a
supplier, to recover amounts it
claims it is owed on the project and named All Star Glass, LLC and
Granite RE, Inc. as defendants.  All Star Glass asserts third-party
claims against Urban Oaks Builders in the lawsuit captioned, Manko
Window Systems, Inc. v. All Star Glass, LLC, Granite RE, Inc., City
and County of Denver, District Court Case No. 2020cv33578.

The hourly rates charged by Polsinelli for its services are as
follows:

     Steven G. Wright     $710 per hour
     William R. Meyer     $545 per hour

The firm received a retainer fee from the Debtor in the amount of
$5,000.

William Meyer, Esq., shareholder of Polsinelli, disclosed in a
court filing that he is a "disinterested person" as the term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     William R. Meyer, Esq.
     Polsinelli PC
     1401 Lawrence Street, Suite 2300
     Denver, CO 80202
     Direct: 720-931-8156
     Fax: 303-572-7883
     Email: wmeyer@polsinelli.com

                     About Urban Oaks Builders

Houston-based Urban Oaks Builders, LLC is a privately held company
that provides residential building construction services.

Urban Oaks Builders sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 18-34892) on Aug. 31,
2018, disclosing $10 million to $50 million in assets and $50
million to $100 million in liabilities.  Todd Hagood,
vice-president of Urban Oaks Builders, signed the petition.

Judge Marvin Isgur oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Okin Adams, LLP as bankruptcy counsel; Baker
Botts, LLP and Polsinelli, PC as special counsels; and Stout Risius
Ross, LLC as financial advisor.


VASU CONVENIENCE: Taps Law Offices of Alla Kachan as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Vasu Convenience, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of New York to hire the Law Offices
of Alla Kachan, P.C. to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11
case.

The firm's services include:

     (a) assisting the Debtor in administering the case;

     (b) making such motions or taking such action as may be
appropriate or necessary under the Bankruptcy Code;

     (c) representing the Debtor in prosecuting adversary
proceedings to collect assets of the estate and such other actions
as the Debtor deems appropriate;

     (d) taking such steps as may be necessary for the Debtor to
marshal and protect the estate's assets;

     (e) negotiating with creditors in formulating a plan of
reorganization for the Debtor;

     (f) drafting and prosecuting the confirmation of the Debtor's
plan of reorganization; and

     (g) rendering such additional services as the Debtor may
require in the case.

The firm's hourly rates are as follows:

     Attorney              $475 per hour
     Paraprofessionals     $250 per hour

The Debtor paid the firm a retainer fee in the amount of $15,000.

Alla Kachan, Esq., member of the firm, disclosed in a court filing
that he is a "disinterested person" as the term is defined in
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Alla Kachan, Esq.
     Law Offices of Alla Kachan, P.C.
     2799 Coney Island Avenue, Suite 202
     Brooklyn, NY 11235
     Tel: (718) 513-3145
     Email: alla@kachanlaw.com

                       About Vasu Convenience

Vasu Convenience, Inc. filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. E.D. N.Y. Case No. 21-43023) on Dec. 3, 2021, listing up to
$100,000 in assets and up to $500,000 in liabilities. Jigar A.
Patel, president, signed the petition.

Judge Nancy Hershey Lord oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Law Offices of Alla Kachan, P.C. and Wisdom
Professional Services Inc. as its legal counsel and accountant,
respectively.


VILLAGE ON THE ISLE: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' IDR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Village on the Isle (VOTI) a 'BB+'
Issuer Default Rating (IDR) and has affirmed the 'BB+' rating on
approximately $90 million in revenue improvement bonds series 2016,
2017A issued by Sarasota County Health Facilities Authority, and
approximately $20 million series 2019 issued by Venice (FL) on
behalf of VOTI.

The Rating Outlook is Stable.

SECURITY

The bonds are secured by a pledge of gross revenues, a security
interest in obligated group facilities, and debt service reserve
funds.

ANALYTICAL CONCLUSION

VOTI has maintained solid independent living (IL) occupancy over
the past several years and throughout the pandemic due to its
attractive campus. The closest competition offering Lifecare
contracts and a full continuum of care is approximately 11 miles
away. However, cost management metrics have been weak for the past
several years. These pressures were increased by the pandemic and
robust capex spending. The 'BB+' rating reflects Fitch's
expectation that VOTI will maintain a stable but thin financial
profile.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility: 'bbb'

Stable Demand in a Stable Market

VOTI is located in a stable service area. Demand is also sustained
by a healthy real estate market, with growing median home values in
the Sarasota area. Entrance fees are in line with PMA pricing
trends and rate increases occur regularly. VOTI enjoys a preferable
location, amenities and incentives while facing little meaningful
competition. However, IL demand has been midrange with occupancy
averaging 90% over the past four years. Demand softened across the
continuum during the pandemic and is incrementally improving. As of
November of 2021, occupancy was 89% in the ILUs, 86% in the ALUs,
84% in MC and 88% in SNF.

Operating Risk: 'bb'

Weak Profitability, Robust Capital Spending

VOTI's operating performance is consistent with a weak assessment
for a Type-B service provider. VOTI offers both lifecare and
fee-for-service contracts. As of this report most of VOTI's
residents have Type B contracts. VOTI's operating ratio, net
operating margin (NOM) and net operating margin-adjusted (NOMA)
averaged 102.4%, 0.8%, and 29.3% over the past five years. While
there has been some fluctuation from year to year, indicating
continued cost management pressure. These pressures are associated
with ongoing renovations, and in the recent years, with the stress
associated with the pandemic.

Fitch's weak assessment is further supported by soft capital
related metrics. On average over the past five years, revenue-only
MADS coverage averaged 0.2x, debt to net available has averaged
11.4x and MADS has averaged 29.8% of revenue. Management actively
invests in maintaining and expanding the campus with capital
expenditures averaging over 650% of depreciation over the past
several years. The average age of plant is favorably low at
approximately 6.5 years.

Financial Profile: 'bb'

Weak Financial Profile

Given VOTI's midrange revenue defensibility and weak operating risk
assessments, Fitch expects it will maintain a financial profile
that is consistent with the 'bb' assessment throughout the economic
and financial volatility assumed in Fitch's stress case scenario.
MADS coverage has been consistent with the weak assessment,
averaging1.5x over the past five years. VOTI's balance sheet has
been stable, albeit limited with unrestricted cash and investments
at $30 million in 2020, or 34% cash-to-adjusted debt at year-end
2020. Unrestricted cash represented 438 days cash on hand (DCOH) in
2020, which is neutral to the assessment of VOTI's financial
profile

Asymmetric Additional Risk Considerations

No asymmetric risk considerations were relevant to the rating
determination.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factor that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Over the longer term, improvement in liquidity metrics such
    that cash to adjusted debt levels stabilize at 90% or greater,
    could support a higher rating.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Stabilization of ILU occupancy below 88%;

-- Deterioration of liquidity such that cash to adjusted debt
    stabilizes at 25% or lower;

-- Operating ratios consistently above 105%.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Sovereigns, Public Finance
and Infrastructure issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of three notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

VOTI operates a life plan community located in Venice, FL
approximately 75 miles south of Tampa on Florida's Gulf Coast. With
the recent additions, the community now consists of 247 ILUs, 48
ALUs and 16 Memory Care units, and 64 licensed skilled nursing beds
at the new Health Center. Eight of the 64 SNF beds are leased to a
hospice agency.

VOTI offers several contract types; Type-B contracts with either a
10% discount on AL and SNF services (Traditional), or unlimited
assisted living services and 30 free days of skilled nursing each
year for temporary care in a fully-amortizing Type-B contract plan
(Enhanced Living). The Traditional contract option was not offered
between 2019 and early 2021, but has recently been reinstated.

In January 2019, VOTI began offering a Life Care Contract which is
a fully-amortizing Type A contract where residents receive
unlimited ALU and Health Center care access. As of this report,
most of VOTI's resident contracts are Type-B. Refunds are not
subject to resale requirements but VOTI has limited exposure to
refundable contracts. In fiscal 2020, VOTI had total revenues of
approximately $29 million.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


VINO CAFE: Seeks to Employ Maxsen Champion as Bankruptcy Attorney
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Vino Cafe LLP seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of New York to hire Maxsen Champion, Esq., a
practicing attorney in Fayetteville, N.Y., to handle its Chapter 11
case.

The services to be provided by the attorney include:

     (a) giving Debtor legal advice with respect to its powers and
duties in the continued operation of its business and in the
management of its property;

     (b) taking necessary action to avoid liens and remove
restraints against the Debtor's property, and such other actions to
remove any encumbrances or licenses which are avoidable and which
were placed against the property prior to the Debtor's Chapter 11
filing and at a time when the Debtor was insolvent;

     (c) taking necessary action to enjoin and stay until final
decree any attempts by secured creditors to enforce liens upon the
property of the Debtor in which the Debtor has substantial equity;

     (d) representing the Debtor in any proceedings, which may be
instituted by creditors or other parties during the course of the
proceeding;

     (e) preparing legal papers; and

     (f) performing all other legal services for the Debtor.

The Debtor will pay the attorney an hourly fee of $300 while her
paralegals will be paid $100 per hour.

The Debtor paid Ms. Champion a retainer fee in the amount of
$3,283.

Ms. Champion disclosed in a court filing that she is a
"disinterested person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

Ms. Champion can be reached at:

     Maxsen D. Champion, Esq.
     8578 East Genesee Street
     Fayetteville, NY 13066
     Tel: (315) 664-2550
     Email: max2040@live.com

                         About Vino Cafe

Vino Cafe, LLP filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
N.D. N.Y. Case No. 22-60041) on Jan. 27, 2022, listing up to
$50,000 in assets and up to $500,000 in liabilities. Deana B.
Siegfried, controlling member, signed the petition.

Judge Diane Davis oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Maxsen D. Champion, Esq., a practicing attorney
in Fayetteville, N.Y., to handle its Chapter 11 case.


WALKER COUNTY: Seeks to Hire Eaves Law Firm as Special Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------------
Walker County Hospital Corporation seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas to hire Eaves
Law Firm as special counsel.

The Debtor requires legal assistance to pursue claims against
potential defendants who have engaged in the fraudulent marketing
and sale of highly addictive, opiate-derived painkillers.  The
claims total more than $1.3 million.

Eaves Law Firm will be paid legal fees on a contingency basis of 33
percent of the cash value of any recoveries obtained from any
defendants of claims settled prior to a judgment being rendered
against such defendants or 40 percent if the recoveries were
obtained through a judgment against such defendants.

John Eaves, Esq., owner of Eaves Law Firm, disclosed in a court
filing that he is a "disinterested person" as the term is defined
in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

In accordance with the U.S. Trustee Fee Guidelines, Mr. Eaves
disclosed the following:

     a. Eaves Law Firm has not agreed to a variation of its
standard or customary billing arrangements in connection with its
engagement as special counsel.

     b. No Eaves Law Firm professional included in the engagement
has varied his rate based on
the geographic location of the Debtor's Chapter 11 case.

     c. The material terms of Eaves Law Firm's pre-bankruptcy
engagement are the same as the proposed terms governing retention
of the firm.

     d. The Debtor has approved or will be approving a prospective
budget and staffing plan for Eaves Law Firm's engagement for the
post-petition period as appropriate. In accordance with the U.S.
Trustee Guidelines, the budget may be amended as necessary to
reflect changed or unanticipated developments.

Eaves Law Firm can be reached at:

     John Eaves, Esq.
     Eaves Law Firm
     101 North State St.
     Jackson, MS  39201
     Phone: (601) 355-7961
     Fax: (601) 355-0530

                 About Walker County Hospital Corp.

Walker County Hospital Corporation, doing business as Huntsville
Memorial Hospital -- https://www.huntsvillememorial.com/ --
operates a community hospital located in Huntsville, Texas. It is
the sole member of its non-debtor affiliate, HMH Physician
Organization. Founded in 1927, the Facility provides health care
services to the residents of Walker County and its surrounding
communities.

Walker County Hospital Corporation sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 19-36300) on November 11, 2019, in
Houston.  At the time of filing, the Debtor listed as much as $50
million in both assets and liabilities.  Steven Smith, chief
executive officer, signed the petition.  

The Honorable David R. Jones is the case judge.

The Debtor tapped Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis, LLP and Morgan
Lewis as bankruptcy counsels; Healthcare Management Partners, LLC
as financial and restructuring advisor; Bharat Capital, LLC as
financial consultant; and Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC as
notice and claims agent.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on Nov. 23, 2019. The committee tapped Arent
Fox LLP as legal counsel, Gray Reed & McGraw LLP as local counsel,
and FTI Consulting, Inc. as financial advisor.


WARTBURG COLLEGE: Fitch Affirms 'BB-' IDR, Alters Outlook to Pos.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed the Issuer Default Rating (IDR) for
Wartburg College, Iowa and the rating on approximately $75 million
of private college facility revenue refunding bonds, series 2015,
issued by the Iowa Higher Education Loan Authority on behalf of
Wartburg College at 'BB-'.

The Rating Outlook is revised to Positive from Stable.

SECURITY

The series 2015 bonds are a general obligation of the college,
secured by a lien on revenues of the college and a mortgage on the
core campus. Additionally, the bonds are supported by a debt
service reserve fund equal to maximum annual debt service (MADS).

ANALYTICAL CONCLUSION

The IDR and bond rating of 'BB-' reflect Fitch's expectation that
FTE enrollment will stabilize, remaining above 1,500 in the near
term, and near-term capital plans will be primarily donor and state
funded. The college's enrollment remains challenged given its
position in a very competitive state and region; management
continues plans to enhance its recruitment efforts and develop new
programs. Reasonable capital plans are expected to be primarily
donor funded over the next few years, while steady amortization of
outstanding debt is expected to improve leverage.

The Positive Outlook reflects the expectation that the college's
leverage position will remain consistent with the current level
through plausible economic stresses, while continuing to sustain
healthy cash flow margins in line with historical levels.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility: 'bb'

Competition and Price Sensitivity Constrain Enrollment Growth

The 'bb' Revenue Defensibility assessment reflects relatively
stable enrollment constrained by Wartburg's uncompetitive demand
reflected in acceptance rates above 70%, matriculation rates
materially below 20% and retention falling below 75%. The college
operates in a highly price sensitive market which further
constrains revenue growth, though net tuition and fees have
increased yoy. Strong competition from the surrounding public and
private colleges and universities challenges the draw both in-state
and regionally out of state.

To improve its competitive positioning, Wartburg has added a
Masters in Leadership, discontinued low enrollment programs,
expanded online capabilities and started a number of
extracurricular programs. Wartburg draws approximately 72% of its
students from in-state with a majority of the out-of-state draw
coming from the contiguous states (Illinois, Minnesota, Wisconsin,
Nebraska, and Missouri). The college maintains an endowment draw of
5% of market value based on a rolling 36-month average, which Fitch
considers sustainable. Management reports no planned increases in
the draw rate.

Operating Risk: 'a'

Strong Cash Flow Margins Countered by High Lifecycle Investment
Needs

Strong cost management demonstrated by five years of healthy cash
flow margins above 15%, as calculated by Fitch (approximately 18.3%
in fiscal 2021 excluding federal stimulus), is countered by a
rising average age of plant and high lifecycle investment needs
which constrains the operating risk assessment to 'a'.

The college has an $11 million residence hall renovation project in
the near term that will be primarily donor funded, in addition to a
$2 million state historic tax credit. Fitch expects the college to
continue its successful fundraising for capital and annual giving
for operating support ($2.4 million to $2.5 million per year,
historically).

Financial Profile: 'bb'

Growing Available Funds with Neutral Liquidity

Although the improvement in Wartburg's AF/adjusted debt to 80% in
fiscal 2021 might indicate a stronger financial profile assessment,
it is constrained at 'bb' reflecting only one year of improved
leverage ratios (AF increased from $35.9 million in 2020 to $62.6
million in 2021). Continued ability to sustain available funds to
adjusted debt ratios at or near 80% could lead to a financial
profile assessment of 'bbb'. The college received a $4.3 million
PPP loan that was forgiven in 2021 but which will not be recognized
until 2028.

Wartburg maintains sufficient liquidity and debt service coverage
to exceed its covenants. Fitch's calculation of debt service
coverage has exceeded the college's covenant of 1.10x for the past
five fiscal years (about 2.7x in fiscal 2021 inclusive of federal
stimulus). The college's calculation of liquidity, total cash and
investments (including restricted cash) to total long-term debt,
has risen year over year and has consistently remained above the
50% covenant (180.7% in fiscal 2021).

Wartburg's adjusted debt at fiscal year-end 2021 was approximately
$78 million; $74 million was fixed rate debt with a debt-equivalent
$4.2 million from operating leases (5x annual lease expense). Fitch
expects the college's debt burden to moderate over time, with
slightly ascending debt service through MADS in 2029. Fitch does
not view the college as having any additional debt capacity at the
current rating at this time. The college's available funds (AF;
cash and unrestricted investments) remain vulnerable to investment
market fluctuations and economic stress.

Asymmetric Additional Risk Considerations

No asymmetric risk considerations affected the rating.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Steady growth in net tuition and fees, supported by sustained
    enrollment growth and steady to improving demand indicators;

-- Positive GAAP operating margins which sustain cash flow
    margins above 15%:

-- Sustained debt leverage with AF/adjusted debt in excess of
    80%.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Issuance of additional debt without commensurate additional
    growth in available funds;

-- A sustained decline in net tuition and fee revenues;

-- A weakening of operating performance demonstrated by a
    material drop in cash flow margins to below 12% or to a level
    where debt service coverage approaches the 1.1x covenant.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Sovereigns, Public Finance
and Infrastructure issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of three notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

CREDIT PROFILE

Wartburg College, established in 1852 as a liberal arts college of
the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, is located in Waverly,
IA and serves predominantly in-state undergraduate students. The
college occupies a 118-acre campus with current headcount
enrollment of 1,537 students.

Coronavirus Impacts

Wartburg shifted to a fully remote learning model in March 2020
through May 2020. The college received a total of $6.5 million in
federal stimulus funds related to the pandemic ($3.5 million
institutional), as well as approximately $4.3 million in the form
of a PPP loan. The college did not offer housing and dining refunds
in spring 2020, as campus remained open, but provided emergency aid
to students. Fall 2020 courses resumed in a mix of in-person,
remote and hybrid structures with hybrid learning as the
predominant model with a slight decline in on-campus housing
occupancy. Starting in fall 2021, Wartburg returned to fully
in-person learning, encouraging vaccination, and providing testing,
quarantine space and contact tracing.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


WESTBANK HOLDINGS: Wins Cash Collateral Access
----------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana has
authorized Westbank Holdings, LLC and affiliates to use the cash
collateral of Federal National Mortgage Association d/b/a Fannie
Mae on an interim basis in accordance with the budget, with a 10%
variance.

The Court says if the Debtors' use of cash collateral exceeds the
Permitted Variances (on a weekly basis) without the prior consent
of Fannie Mae, the Debtors' right to use cash collateral will
terminate three business days following receipt by Debtors' counsel
of a written notice of such default from Fannie Mae's counsel.
Thereafter, the Debtors will have the right to seek court authority
to use cash collateral on an expedited basis.

To the extent an emergency expenditure is needed to protect the
health, safety and welfare, the Debtors will notify Fannie Mae
prior to making any expenditures. The notification will include:
(i) the reason for the expenditure; (ii) the cost of the
expenditure; and, (iii) the proposed scope of work. Fannie Mae will
have 48 hours to respond to the request.

As adequate protection, the Court grants Fannie Mae a claim in the
amount of any post-petition diminution in the value of the Fannie
Mae's security interest in the assets of the Debtors.

To secure the Adequate Protection Claim, Fannie Mae is granted
replacement security interests in and liens upon all post-petition
personal property of the Debtors and its estate and all proceeds
and products of that personal property, and post-petition accounts
and cash to the extent that Fannie Mae prepetition possessed a
valid and perfected security interest and lien in any such accounts
and/or cash.

The respective Adequate Protection Liens granted to Fannie Mae will
be subject only to valid, perfected, enforceable, and unavoidable
liens and security interests granted by the respective Debtors or
operation of law to any person or entity that were superior in
priority to the prepetition security interests and liens held by
Fannie Mae and only to the extent such prepetition  liens are not
otherwise subject to avoidance or subordination.

The Debtors will: (a) continue to keep the collateral fully insured
against all loss, peril and hazard; and (b) pay any and all
post-petition taxes, assessments and governmental charges with
respect to the collateral that serves as security for the Fannie
Mae debt that are billed after the Petition Date.

A final hearing on the matter is scheduled for February 14, 2022 at
3:30 p.m.

A copy of the order and the Debtors' budget from January 27 to
February 16, 2022 is available for free at https://bit.ly/3HEe8J4
from PacerMonitor.com.

The budget provided for total disbursements, on a weekly basis, as
follows:

     $50,414 for the week ending February 2, 2022;
      $6,418 for the week ending February 9, 2022;
      $9,919 for the week ending February 16, 2022.

                 About Liberty Park Apartments

Westbank Holdings, LLC, et al.., are limited liability companies
that operate five low-income apartment complexes in New Orleans.
The complexes are owned and operated by Joshua Bruno.

Westbank Holdings, LLC, Cypress Park Apartments II, LLC, Liberty
Park Apartments, LLC, and Forest Park Apartments, LLC, sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D. La. Case Nos. 22-10082 to
22-10086) on Jan. 27, 2022.  In the petition signed by Joshua Bruno
as manager, Liberty Park Apartments estimated assets between
$500,000 and $1 million and estimated liabilities between $1
million and $10 million.

The cases are handled by Honorable Judge Meredith S. Grabill.
Frederick L. Bunol, Esq., of The Derbes Law Firm, LLC, is the
Debtors' counsel.



WHEELS AMERICA: Wins Cash Collateral Access
-------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California
has authorized Wheels American San Francisco, LLC to use the cash
collateral of the U.S. Small Business Administration on a final
basis.

The SBA, on account of an EIDL loan, is granted a replacement lien
against all of the Debtor’s post-petition assets. The Replacement
Lien will be perfected and enforceable without the need for the SBA
or the Debtor to take any further action, but it will be subject to
further Court orders.

PlainsCapital Bank holds a UCC-1 lien, but the Debtor asserts that
nothing is owed with respect to it. Without ruling on that issue,
PlainsCapital Bank is granted a replacement lien against all of the
Debtor's post-petition assets. The Replacement Lien will be
perfected and enforceable without the need for PlainsCapital Bank
or the Debtor to take any further action, but it will be subject to
further Orders of the Court.

The Replacement Liens will have the same nature, extent, validity
and priority as the prepetition liens.

The Court says the Debtor may freely sell its inventory and collect
accounts receivables and use the proceeds thereof in the ordinary
course of its business, without further accounting therefor.

A copy of the final order is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3Jivfk3 from PacerMonitor.com.

                 About Wheels America San Francisco

Wheels America San Francisco, LLC filed its voluntary petition for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Calif.
Case No. 21-41479) on Dec. 11, 2021, disclosing $665,210 in assets
and $1,254,346 in liabilities. Robert Stretch, member, signed the
petition.

Judge Roger L. Efremsky oversees the case.

Michael St. James, Esq., at St. James Law, PC serves as the
Debtor's legal counsel.



WOK HOLDINGS: Fitch Withdraws All Ratings
-----------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded the Long-Term Issuer Default Rating
(IDR) of Wok Holdings, Inc., operator of the P.F. Chang's (PFC)
restaurant chain, to 'B-' with a Stable Outlook and simultaneously
withdrawn the ratings. The rating on the company's first lien
credit facility has also been upgraded to 'B-'/'RR4' and
withdrawn.

Wok's rating reflects the company's leading market position in the
full-service Asian category as well as its negative FCF, small
scale relative to other large casual chain dining concepts, and the
secular challenges within the casual dining segment. The upgrade
reflects the company's improved margin performance despite the
negative topline impact from the pandemic, driven by cost cuts and
operational improvements, which has resulted in leverage improving
to the mid-6x area.

Fitch has withdrawn Wok's ratings for commercial reasons. Fitch
reserves the right in its sole discretion to withdraw or maintain
any rating at any time for any reason it deems sufficient.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Leading Asian Dining Market Share: P.F. Chang's generated
pre-pandemic revenue of approximately $900 million in 2019 over 200
company operated stores in 39 states across the United States and
89 franchise locations in more than 25 countries. The company's
menu offering has evolved to increase the consumer appeal to a
broader demographic by expanding menu options from Chinese into
other Asian cuisines with brand messaging focused on fresh
ingredients that are "made from scratch".

Heading into the pandemic, P.F. Chang's demonstrated relatively
good system health supported by average unit volumes on par or
higher than peers and same-restaurant sales (SRS) performance in
line with the casual dining segment which, in the years heading
into the pandemic, had experienced low-single-digit secular
declines related to guest traffic volumes.

Pivot to Off-Premise Mitigates Pandemic Impact: PFC's operations
were severely impacted by the pandemic as shelter-in-place
mandates, restrictions on on-premise dining capacity, and consumer
fear of the virus sharply curtailed dine-in traffic to the
company's restaurants resulting in revenue declining 24% to $688
million in 2020.

Initiatives introduced before the pandemic to improve the company's
off-premise capabilities proved timely, contributing to a 78%
increase in off-premise sales in 2020, partially offsetting a 52%
decline in on-premise dining and increasing off-premise sales as a
percent of total revenue to over 50% from around 23% in 2019.

Revenue has continued to rebound with 3Q21 SRS up nearly 10%
compared to 2019 levels as the vaccine rollout and resulting
decline in positivity rate improved consumer mobility contributing
to a return to on-premise dining. While the recent rise in COVID
cases due to the Omicron variant likely slowed traffic by the end
of 4Q21, Fitch expects the impact to be temporary as case rates
have since resumed their decline.

Leverage, Liquidity Improved: Fitch calculates adjusted leverage
(capitalizing rents at 8x) of 10.4x for 2020 due to EBITDA
declining to $34 million from $58 million in 2019 and an increase
in borrowings including $10 million from the government in the form
of a Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loan and $30 million of
incremental term loan issued to the company's sponsors. Fitch
expects adjusted leverage declined to under 7.0x in 2021 due to
improved sales levels resulting from increased consumer mobility.

PFC ended 3Q21 with liquidity of nearly $80 million including
around $48 million of cash and around $30 million of availability
on its $55 million revolver (with the balance committed to LOC).
Liquidity improved significantly from under $20 million in 2020,
given around $30 million of incremental debt as well as a nearly
$35 million equity contribution from the sponsors. Fitch expects
the company's liquidity position to decline through 2022 as the
company spends heavily on brand remodels and new to-go units though
expects liquidity to be sufficient to bridge to 2023 when remodel
spend declines and FCF turns neutral.

Remodels and Brand Relaunch Show Promise Stemming Traffic Weakness:
Company data suggests PFC's SRS and traffic had been lagging the
industry heading into 1Q19, the quarter in which the new sponsors
took control of the company. Adjustments to the marketing strategy
and a focus on delivery helped flip relative performance to
positive in 2Q19 while the initiation of a "brand relaunch" focused
on enhancing the dine-in experience accelerated performance
relative to the industry in 2H19 and in early 2020. As the industry
recovers from the pandemic, Fitch expects these measures to provide
further support to PFC's SRS over the medium term.

Focus on Costs and Pricing Benefit Margins: Fitch-calculated EBITDA
margins of 6.4% for 2019 were well below casual dining peer Darden
Restaurants, Inc. (BBB/Stable) at 14.7% for the YE May 2019. Under
new management, P.F. Chang's has taken steps to reduce costs
including optimizing its menu and implementing new systems and
processes to manage inventory, waste and labor while simultaneously
cutting back on discounting.

While industry-wide inflationary pressures could negatively impact
margins in 2022, Fitch expects EBITDA margins to stabilize in the
mid-8% area as traffic returns towards 2019 levels and the
company's cost cutting efforts and operational improvements
continue to bear fruit.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Wok's rating is lower than that of casual dining peer Darden
Restaurants, Inc. (BBB/Stable) due to Wok's considerably smaller
scale and significantly higher leverage (total adjusted
debt-to-EBITDAR on a rent adjusted basis). Darden ended fiscal 2021
(May 2021) with revenue and EBITDA for of $7.2 billion and $1.1
billion respectively with adjusted debt/EBITDAR below 3.0x.

The rating differential also considers the Wok's lack of
brand-level diversification and weaker comparable sales trends
compared to Darden. Despite secular headwinds in the industry,
Darden's SRS has outperformed the broader casual segment,
particularly with its Olive Garden and Longhorn Steakhouse
concepts.

Wok's rating is in line with that of Sizzling Platter, LLC
(B-/Stable). While both companies have limited scale, a lack of
FCF, high adjusted leverage in the 7.0x area and are highly tied to
a single brand (Sizzling Platter derives over 75% of cash flow from
the Little Caesars brand), Sizzling Platter benefits from slightly
better diversification with 25% of sales coming from Dunkin',
Wingstop and other brands.

Sizzling Platter largely operates within the quick-serve dining
segment which has proven to be more resilient than the casual
dining segment through economic cycles as well as during the
pandemic. Wok's rating is also in line with GPS Hospitality Holding
Company (B-/Stable), another quick-serve restaurant franchisee,
which has elevated leverage in the 7.0x area and minimal FCF but
better diversification than Wok.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Fitch expects 2021 revenue around $900 million, up from around
    $690 million in 2020 as pandemic impacts fade. While efforts
    to pass through elevated inflation levels could result in 2022
    revenues up in the high-single-digits, Fitch expects mid
    single-digit unit growth and low-single-digit SRS comps to
    result in low-to-mid single digit revenue growth in 2023 and
    beyond;

-- EBITDA margins improve to the mid-9% area in 2021, up from
    around 6.5% in 2019 as benefits from cost cuts and operational
    improvements are partially offset by inflation and incremental
    costs as dining rooms reopen, resulting in EBITDA around $85
    million, up from around $35 million in 2020. Fitch expects
    margins to retrench to the low-to-mid-8% area in 2022 due to
    inflationary pressures and stabilize there;

-- Capex peaks at around $75 million in 2021 driven by robust
    spending on remodels and to-go location development, declining
    to more normalized levels in the mid-to-high $40 million range
    over time with FCF improving to around flat in 2023 from
    outflows in the $20 million area in 2020 and 2021;

-- Adjusted leverage, which reached over 10x in 2020 due to
    pandemic impacts on EBITDA and incremental debt, returns below
    7.0x in 2021 as EBITDA normalizes. Adjusted leverage remains
    in the mid-to-high-6x range with debt reduction limited to
    term loan amortization.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Rating sensitivities are no longer relevant given Fitch's rating
withdrawal.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Wok's capital structure includes a $55 million revolving credit
facility due March 1, 2024 and an approximately $450 million term
loan due March 26, 2026. Both the term loan and the revolver
currently bear interest at LIBOR plus 6.50%. The term loan
amortizes at a rate of 1% per annum or approximately $1.1 million
per quarter and provides a cash flow sweep of up to 50% depending
on leverage.

The credit agreement has a maximum leverage ratio of 6.5x. In
addition to the company's credit facility, PFC's debt structure at
Sept. 30, 2021 included a $10 million PPP loan due 2022 received
pursuant to the CARES Act though management stated they expect this
loan to be forgiven.

With no drawings on the revolver and $25.6 million in LOC,
liquidity at the end of 3Q21 totaled around $77 million including
$48 million of cash. PFC's sponsors, TriArtisan Capital Advisors
and Paulson and Co., provided considerable support to the company
during the pandemic providing $30 million in incremental term loan
and nearly $35 million in equity to support the company's growth
agenda.

Recovery Considerations

For issuers with IDRs of 'B+' and below, Fitch performs a recovery
analysis for each class of obligations of the issuer. The issue
ratings are derived from the IDR, the relevant Recovery Rating (RR)
and prescribed notching.

In a going concern scenario, Fitch assumes material stress on
sales, rendering PFC's capital structure unsustainable and forcing
a bankruptcy. Fitch assumes the company closes approximately
one-quarter of its weakest restaurants, resulting in pro forma
revenue around $675 million. Fitch assumes the company uses the
bankruptcy or restructuring process to renegotiate leases and cut
expenses resulting in an EBITDA margin around 7% and EBITDA of $50
million.

Fitch applies a 5.0x enterprise value/EBITDA multiple, below the
6.7x median multiple for Gaming, Lodging & Leisure bankruptcy
reorganizations analyzed by Fitch. The multiple reflects PFC's
market position in the narrow Asian food segment, the secular
decline in the casual dining space and lack of brand diversity.

After deducting 10% for administrative claims, PFC's first-lien
secured credit facility, revolver and term loan are expected to
have average recovery prospects (31%-50%) and have been assigned
'B-'/'RR4' ratings. The revolver and term loan are secured by a
first-priority interest in substantially all assets of the borrower
(Wok Holdings, Inc.) and the guarantors (material direct and
indirect wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries with certain exceptions,
including unrestricted subsidiaries).

ISSUER PROFILE

Wok Holdings, Inc. is the operator of P.F. Chang's China Bistro,
the leading pan-Asian themed full-service casual dining operator
with over 200 company-operated stores in the U.S. and over 90
franchised locations around the world.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance, if present, is a score
of '3'. This means ESG issues are credit-neutral or have only a
minimal credit impact on the entity, either due to their nature or
to the way in which they are being managed by the entity.


YELLOW CORP: BlackRock Has 6.3% Equity Stake as of Dec. 31
----------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock, Inc. disclosed in a Schedule 13G filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission that as of Dec. 31, 2021, it
beneficially owns 3,240,324 shares of common stock of Yellow Corp.,
representing 6.3 percent of the shares outstanding.  A full-text
copy of the regulatory filing is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/716006/000083423722007172/us9855101062_020422.txt

                      About Yellow Corporation

Yellow Corporation -- www.myyellow.com -- owns a comprehensive
logistics and less-than-truckload (LTL) network in North America
with local, regional, national, and international capabilities.
Through its teams of experienced service professionals, Yellow
Corporation offers flexible supply chain solutions, ensuring
customers can ship industrial, commercial, and retail goods with
confidence.  Yellow Corporation, headquartered in Overland Park,
Kan., is the holding company for a portfolio of LTL brands
including Holland, New Penn, Reddaway, and YRC Freight, as well as
the logistics company HNRY Logistics.

Yellow Corp reported a net loss of $109.1 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2021, a net loss of $53.5 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, and a net loss of $104 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2021, the Company had $2.42 billion
in total assets, $824.1 million in total current liabilities, $1.48
billion in long-term debt, $88.2 million in pension and
postretirement, $118.9 million in operating lease liabilities,
$275.7 million in claims and other liabilities, and a total
shareholders' deficit of $363.5 million.


[*] ATRA Questions Approach vs. Major Mast Tort Bankruptcies
------------------------------------------------------------
Juliette Fairley of Legal Newsline reports that according to the
American Tort Reform Association (ATRA), Congress is taking the
wrong approach in suggesting that bankruptcy laws used to resolve
major mass tort cases should be changed.

"Why don't we look at some of the underlying issues that give rise
to these bankruptcies as opposed to focusing exclusively on the
bankruptcy process, notably mass tort litigation abuses and the
multidistrict litigation process," said Tiger Joyce, ATRA
president.

A Congressional hearing, held this week, focused on the treatment
of litigation in bankruptcy proceedings.

Abusing Chapter 11: Corporate Efforts to Side-Step Accountability
Through Bankruptcy was heard before the Subcommittee on Federal
Courts, Oversight, Agency Action, and Federal Rights.

"There can be no doubt that high-profile cases involving Purdue
Pharma... and others have created a hue and cry that the bankruptcy
process is unfair and that reforms backed by plaintiffs' lawyers
are needed to improve the system," Joyce told Legal Newsline.

"What the plaintiff's lawyers want and what these hearings are
angling towards is they think that litigation, the creditors, or
the whole structure of bankruptcy should make far different
allowances for matters involving litigation.  The truth is that the
bankruptcy process takes all the claims and treats them the same."

Plaintiffs' lawyers generally object to defendants filing for
bankruptcy after they've won a lawsuit because it cuts into their
fees, which can be one-third or more of a settlement or judgement,
according to ATRA data.

As a result, certain members of the plaintiff's bar would like to
remove or limit bankruptcy as an option, according to Joyce.

"The reality is that when the management of these cases becomes
untenable, it's not just untenable from a legal standpoint," he
said. "It potentially impacts the viability of a company and so
it's striking the right balance because the bankruptcy process is
one that moves by approval of the creditors.  The creditors have to
vote to approve or their representatives have to vote to approve a
settlement or a restructuring plan."

This is the second hearing on the bankruptcy process.  Congress
held its first hearing on the matter last year in October.

"There is also an important hearing coming up on the Johnson &
Johnson subsidiary bankruptcy, and the Purdue Pharma case is also
obviously getting a lot of attention because they both involve
matters where a lot of the creditors or the costs that are involved
have led to bankruptcies and involve ongoing litigation and
settlements," Joyce added.


[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings
-------------------------------------------------------
In re John David Bilbrey, II
   Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 22-00279
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2022
         represented by: LEFKOVITZ AND LEFKOVITZ, PLLC

In re Steven Lynn Walker and Catherine Marchelle Walker
   Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 22-00297
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2022
         represented by: Denis Waldron, Esq.
                         DUNHAM HILDEBRAND, PLLC

In re Wroe Enterprises, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 22-40218
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/EGVCIQY/Wroe_Enterprises_LLC__txnbke-22-40218__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Eric A. Liepins, Esq.
                         ERIC A. LIEPINS
                         E-mail: eric@ealpc.com

In re Clayton Thom
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 22-10390
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2022
         represented by: Leslie Cohen, Esq.

In re Patricia A. Covarrubias
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 22-10389
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2022
         represented by: Robert Yaspan, Esq.

In re Rita Ramos Curiel
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 22-10175
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2022

In re William Sloan Coats
   Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 22-30061
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2022
         represented by: Ruth Auerbach, Esq.

In re David W. Lebsock and Cheryl R. Lebsock
   Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 22-10322
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2022
         represented by: Jeffrey Weinman, Esq.
                         ALLEN VELLONE WOLF HELFRICH & FACTOR P.C.

In re 10 PCKG, LLC
   Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 22-10817
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/72EXVPY/10_PCKG_LLC__njbke-22-10817__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David L. Stevens, Esq.
                         SCURA, WIGFIELD, HEYER, STEVENS &
                         CAMMAROTA, LLP
                         E-mail: ecfbkfilings@scuramealey.com

In re Arrowhead Financial ICT, LLC
   Bankr. D. Kan. Case No. 22-10066
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MDJ2LGI/Arrowhead_Financial_ICT_LLC__ksbke-22-10066__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Mark Lazzo, Esq.
                         MARK J. LAZZO, ATTORNEY AT LAW
                         E-mail: mark@lazzolaw.com

In re Arkansas House Works, Inc.
   Bankr. W.D. Ark. Case No. 22-70114
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 2, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/KBISKKY/Arkansas_House_Works_Inc__arwbke-22-70114__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Marc Honey, Esq.
                         HONEY LAW FIRM, P.A.
                         E-mail: mhoney@honeylawfirm.com

In re Amjad Maali and Cynthia R. Maali
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 22-00389
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 2, 2022
         represented by: Jeffrey Ainsworth, Esq.

In re Travis R Cox and Jennifer N Cox
   Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 22-00321
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 2, 2022
         represented by: KC Cohen, Esq.

In re Corporate Housing Solutions LLC Seattle PS
   Bankr. D. Nev. Case No. 22-10352
      Chapter 11 Petition filed Feb. 2, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/2N3QJTA/CORPORATE_HOUSING_SOLUTIONS_LLC__nvbke-22-10352__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Matthew C. Zirzow, Esq.
                         LARSON & ZIRZOW, LLC
                         E-mail: mzirzow@lzlawnv.com

In re Powerhouse Beverage Company, LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 22-70181
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 2, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PSNOFKY/Powerhouse_Beverage_Company_LLC__nyebke-22-70181__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Mark W. Greenfest, Esq.
                         E-mail: m_greenfest@yahoo.com

In re John Wayne McCrummen
   Bankr. M.D. Ala. Case No. 22-10110
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022

In re Brady L. Skinner
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 22-00445
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         represented by: Kathleen DiSanto, Esq.
                         BUSH ROS, P.A.
                         E-mail: kdisanto@bushross.com

In re William F. Roth
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 22-00453
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         represented by: David Jennis, Esq.

In re EAD Transport & Logistics LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 22-00396
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/2BC2MHI/EAD_Transport__Logistics_LLC__flmbke-22-00396__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Jeffrey S. Ainsworth, Esq.
                         BRANSONLAW, PLLC
                         E-mail: jeff@bransonlaw.com

In re D and V Enterprises I, LLC
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 22-10903
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SJBJLMA/D_and_V_Enterprises_I_LLC__flsbke-22-10903__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Victoria Morales, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICE OF VICTORIA MORALES, P.A.
                         E-mail: vmsua1889@gmail.com

In re Camp Pizza, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Ky. Case No. 22-70037
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XKY656Q/Camp_Pizza_LLC__kyebke-22-70037__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Noah Friend, Esq.
                         NOAH R FRIEND LAW FIRM
                         E-mail: noah@friendlawfirm.com

In re Andrew's Garden, Inc.
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 22-01249
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/AJZLRPI/Andrews_Garden_Inc__ilnbke-22-01249__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: John Lynch, Esq.
                         LYNCH LAW LLC
                         E-mail: jlynch@lynch4law.com

In re Quality Care DayCare at BUP, LLP
   Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 22-10546
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/E7PJIXY/Quality_Care_DayCare_at_BUP_LLP__mdbke-22-10546__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: William C. Johnson, Jr., Esq.
                         THE JOHNSON LAW GROUP, LLC
                         E-mail: William@JohnsonLG.Law

In re Tranquility Med Spa Inc.
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 22-70184
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/YIITJ5Q/Tranquility_Med_Spa_Inc__nyebke-22-70184__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Ronald D. Weiss, Esq.
                         RONALD D. WEISS, P.C.
                         E-mail: weiss@ny-bankruptcy.com

In re John Roesser
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 22-22049
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022

In re Sub Alpine Mutual Beneficial Society
   Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 22-20200
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6NJMWUA/Sub_Alpine_Mutual_Beneficial_Society__pawbke-22-20200__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Michael S. Geisler, Esq.
                         MICHAEL S. GEISLER
                         E-mail: m.s.geisler@att.net

In re MaCAllister & Associates, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 22-00318
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MF767HQ/MACALLISTER__ASSOCIATES_LLC__tnmbke-22-00318__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Steven L. Lefkovitz, Esq.
                         LEFKOVITZ & LEFKOVITZ
                         E-mail: slefkovitz@lefkovitz.com

In re Volz Forestry Inc.
   Bankr. W.D. Wisc. Case No. 22-10136
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/VMOVFJI/Volz_Forestry_Inc_Eau_Claire__wiwbke-22-10136__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Evan M. Swenson, Esq.
                         SWENSON LAW GROUP, LLC
                         E-mail: evan@swensonlawgroup.com

In re Jaffan International, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 22-00459
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/OGST6PY/JAFFAN_INTERNATIONAL_LLC__flmbke-22-00459__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Buddy D. Ford, Esq.
                         BUDDY D. FORD, P.A.
                         E-mail: All@tampaesq.com

In re Gerald Edward Brazie, Jr.
   Bankr. D. Ore. Case No. 22-30180
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2022
         represented by: Ann Chapman, Esq.
                         VANDEN BOS & CHAPMAN, LLP

In re Delva Janice Rodriguez Rodriguez
   Bankr. D.P.R. Case No. 22-00290
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2022
         represented by: Juan Bigas Valedon, Esq.

In re CSK Properties, LLC
   Bankr. D.S.C. Case No. 22-00292
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 6, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/4YZGUQY/CSK_Properties_LLC__scbke-22-00292__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert Pohl, Esq.
                         POHL, P.A.
                         E-mail: Robert@POHLPA.com

In re Area X Inc.
   Bankr. E.D. Cal. Case No. 22-90041
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 7, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/IDAX7HQ/AREA_X_INC__caebke-22-90041__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David C. Johnston, Esq.
                         DAVID C. JOHNSTON
                         E-mail: david@johnstonbusinesslaw.com

In re TSM Corals, LLC
   Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 22-10987
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 7, 2022
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/4NGGXAQ/TSM_Corals_LLC__njbke-22-10987__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert N. Braverman, Esq.
                         MCDOWELL LAW, PC
                         E-mail: rbraverman@mcdowelllegal.com

In re Marianne B. Waldron
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 22-35056
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 7, 2022
         represented by: Michelle Trier, Esq.
                         GENOVA, MALIN & TRIER LLP

In re Theodore Eli Hsu
   Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 22-00263
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 7, 2022
         represented by: Danny Bradford, Esq.

In re Timothy Lowe Wilkins
   Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 22-10188
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 7, 2022
         represented by: David Hill, Esq.


                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., USA.
Randy Antoni, Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante,
Rousel Elaine Tumanda, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Psyche A. Castillon,
Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and
Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2022.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The TCR subscription rate is $975 for 6 months delivered via
e-mail.  Additional e-mail subscriptions for members of the same
firm for the term of the initial subscription or balance thereof
are $25 each.  For subscription information, contact Peter A.
Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***